To post a trip, you must register (click Login). Then click the "+" sign for the correct day. The trip will be on your calendar, and you will get an email (based on your preferences). The trip will not be visible on the SOC calendar until it is approved by a moderator. Should you elect to edit an approved trip, it will then be removed from the SOC calendar until it undergoes re-approval.
SOC Outdoor Cardinals
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Please e-mail me for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Ahhh! The Sierra Nevada! Perhaps the most stunning piece of real estate in the lower 48. In my opinion, only the Alaska range and the Canadian Rockies can compare in North America.
Time spent in any area of the Sierra extending from Lake Tahoe to Bakersfield is time well spent indeed!
As heavenly as the entire range is, there are unique hidden gems that one must visit before one moves on and that is exactly what I will be doing on this trip.
We will be backpacking the Rae Lakes Loop in the Kings Canyon National Park.
The loop is raw, rugged and pristine wilderness. It has some of the finest panoramas in the Southern Sierras.
We will leave the Bay Area on the evening of the 22nd May and Start the hike on the morning of the 23rd finishing the backpack on the evening of the 26th.
If you are interested, please e-mail me for a more detailed itinerary and a gear list.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Point Reyes National Seashore, Olema, Marin County
Description:
All capability Point Reyes trek
Destination:
Palomarin trailhead, Point Reyes NS
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:00AM at the Palomarin Trailhead (http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Mesa+Rd&hl=en&sll=37.934924,-122.746811&sspn=0.020715,0.043902&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFTzUQgIdSgmv-A&oq=Palo+&mra=ls&t=m&z=10)
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
There is a gorgeous weekend on the horizon and what better place to
enjoy it than Point Reyes NS. The bay area's signature nature preserve.
This area is actually a National Seashore administered by the department of
the Interior and so is Federal Territory. It has stunning vistas and is a
must see in the Bay area. If you have not seen it yet, This is the weekend
to do it. Please go to the following link for a teaser:
We have routed this hike so that you get a little of everything. You get
slugs and bugs to pester you. You get Wildflowers and tall trees to ogle
at. You get nettles and poison oak to give you a nice rash. You get fresh
water, salt water, falling water to bathe in and finally you get cows and
rich people on horseback who think they own the trail. Where else could you
experience all this?
The hike itself caters to persons of all capability. You can walk 5 miles
and go home to your chores. If you want to test your mettle a bit more, a
10 mile option is available. If you are the masochistic kind who believes
that " you ain't havin' fun until you are bleedin red'", we have a 18+ mile
option for you (of course beer and fried chicken awaits you).
Whatever your persuasion, please carpool with like minds.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
PS. After seven lovely incredible years in the bay area, I am moving on to take on new challenges. Deciding to leave the bay area was one of the most difficult decisions I have had to make. The stunning beauty of the bay area outdoors and of course the incomparable Sierra Nevada will be sorely missed.
Above all, I will miss my friends with whom I have shared a great deal of my life.
This will be my last hike in the Bay Area.
Thanks to all in the Outdoor Community who have made my stay in California the most memorable in my life.
I hope to be back in a few years.......:-)
"V"
Time:
All day event
Location:
Mt Tamalpais
Description:
First we hike a bit.
Then we eat.
Then we work off the food.
Hike in Mt Tam State Park with visit to Westpoint Inn for breakfast, Stinson Beach, and potentially East Peak of Mt Tam.
Destination:
Mount Tamalpais SP
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
7:00AM at P&TS, 8:30AM at Mountain Home Inn parking lot (http://goo.gl/maps/Wc9nZ)
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
19+
Total Elevation Gain:
4000
Difficulty:
moderate+
Route Summary:
Hogback Tr+Nora Tr+Rock Spr Tr+Grade Tr+Alpine Tr+Ben Johnson Tr+Dipsea Tr+Matt Davis Tr+Coastal Tr+Cataract Tr+Mickey O'Brien Tr+Laurel Dell Rd+Northside Tr+Eldridge Rd+Wheeler Tr+Hoo Koo Koo Rd+Hoo Koo Koo Tr.
Estimated Finish:
7PM
Total Driving Distance:
102
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
40
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Windbreaker
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Spring is here with all its beautiful weather and long days and it is the time to get outside and enjoy the gorgeous nature we are blessed with here in Bay Area. Well, not that it can't be done any other time of the year, but Wespoint Inn makes for a good excuse.
In this hike we first visit the aforementioned Inn for their monthly pancake breakfast. The place can only be accessed by muscle power. The pancakes are regular in size and taste, but the setting has the best view in the Bay Area. For what they charge to have that view is a great bargain. You don't have to buy the pancakes - just bring your own food and enjoy the company. After all that carbs and sugar we will hike down to Stinson Beach perhaps for, not recommended, lunch. Then climb back up to the Bay Area Ridge Trail, go around East Peak of Mt. Tamalpais and come back. If the workout is what you are after you will certainly feel it the next day.
Notes:
1. The parking lot is across from Mountain Home Inn, not in the inn itself.
Directions: http://goo.gl/maps/Wc9nZ
2. There will be opportunities to cut this hike short to about 10 miles. I'll have a couple of maps on hand.
3. You are responsible for your own safety. The leader will provide some guidance, but it is your responsibility to pay attention to the surroundings.
RSVPs are highly recommended.
So come along and enjoy what mother nature gave us.
9:00AM at Stanford PT&S http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 11:00AM at the Garrapata state park entrance. http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=CA-1+N%2FCabrillo+Hwy&hl=en&sll=36.456515,-121.92282&sspn=0.002692,0.004367&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFZZHLAIdd5a7-A&oq=Plao+Alto&mra=ls&t=m&z=9)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6-8 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1400 ft
Difficulty:
Easy to Moderate
Route Summary:
Loop of the Garrapata State Park
Estimated Finish:
4:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
200
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Must bring a warm jacket
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Garrapata has some of the best views in Big Sur. It ascends to about 1400
ft providing some of the most expansive views of the Pacific. We will walk the regular
trail and at the end of the hike, ascend the whale peak nearby for an
unmatched view of the Pacific and possibly catch a sight of whales swimming
by on their way to the Arctic. During whale migration, this is one of the
best spots to visit to look for whales.
The Garrapata area also has a couple of nice tidepools we can investigate.
There is a little bit in this hike for everyone. If you are human, you will
enjoy at least one of the activities. Please visit the following website for more info:
http://www.parks.ca.gov/?page_id=579
After the hike we will go into Monterey to get a bite to eat before heading
back to the Bay area. If you are not interested in getting a bite to eat,
please travel with like-minded people.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM @ P&TS for self-carpool, or 11:00 AM at the Woodside Town Hall (see below). I'd appreciate your contacting me if you might need a ride from P&TS OR would be able to offer a ride from P&TS. Thanks!
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
N/A - see below
Estimated Finish:
4-6PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
hiking poles if you use them
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Teague Hill hike, 11:00 AM, Saturday May 4, 2013, parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall (behind the Pioneer Hotel).
Continue the new year right with some great aerobic exercise to benefit your body and the beauty of nature to feed your soul (or ameliorate any nature deficit disorder you may be experiencing). Teague Hill is a unique MIDPEN open space preserve with the trails having been made by equestrians – lots of people in Woodside have horses. As a result, the trails are primitive in places. This OSP has no trail names, signs, or official maps, and is as near wilderness as you can get this close to civilization. It can also be challenging due to fallen trees (or falling trees as I experienced here not too long ago), trails turned into to creeks and regular creeks being tough to cross and slippery slopes if it’s rained recently - look at this as possibly quite an adventure! This is NOT an easy hike - we'll be doing 7-10 miles and 1800-3000 feet of elevation gain cumulative. Bring lunch and AT LEAST 2 liters of liquid. It’s predicted to be very warm and sunny. It would be advisable to wear layered clothing – cool for going up the hills, warm for lunch and going down the hills. In addition, footwear with good deep tread will help on the steep and possibly slippery sections. The hike will be mostly shaded so hats and sunscreen are at your discretion – I will be using neither.
Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out).
I’ve learned that Woodside Road will be closed from the Robert’s Store to just past the Woodside School for a May Day parade so our normal meeting place won’t work for this hike.
From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to just past the Pioneer Hotel for 0.6 miles. The Woodside Town Hall will be behind the Pioneer Hotel. We’ll try to park and meet as close as possible to the Woodside Town Hall .
Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point.
Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM to do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There should be a restroom open in the Chevron gas station across the street but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier)and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine – although I can’t imagine any rain being possible next Saturday! Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Location:
Fort Mason , SF
Description:
SF City hike
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
9:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b or 10:15 AM at Greens Restaurant in Fort Mason (http://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=building+a,+fort+mason,+San+Francisco,+CA+94123+
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6-16 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1200 ft
Difficulty:
Easy to Moderate
Route Summary:
Fort Mason > Golden Gate Bridge > Golden Gate park > Fort mason
Estimated Finish:
5:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
200
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
A wam Jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
NOTE!
The Garrapata state park hike has been cancelled due to the fact that highway 1 will be closed on Sunday for the Big Sur Marathon. Another day perhaps. The SF city hike is an alternate.
This is a city walk. It is an "everyone" walk. Therefore, the distance
should not put you off. You can walk as far as you would prefer and leave
when you need to leave as there is MUNI service everywhere. You are welcome
to bring your spouse, kids, cats, dogs or just about anything you might be
into.
We will walk to the GG bridge and then GG park and return through Haight Ashbury.
If a short walk is your calling, this is it. On the other hand, if you are
into a good hike, lace-up and join us!
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Description:
Classic Marin Headlands Loop
Destination:
Marin Headlands, Marin County
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at the Stanford PT&S http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:30 AM at the Vista point parking lot just north of the Golden gate bridge (http://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Hwy+101+North+of+the,+Golden+Gate+Bridge,+San+Francisco,+California+%28Vista+Point+Overlook%29&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFZRGQQIdMBuz-CGRx8z5TxG5nQ&hl=en&mra=ls&sll=37.83209,-122.474341&sspn=0.019252,0.024419&ie=UTF8&ll=37.830599,-122.481723&spn=0.019253,0.024419&z=15)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5miles, 10 Miles, 15 miles, 20+miles
Total Elevation Gain:
300 ft, 800 ft, 1500 ft and 5600ft
Difficulty:
Easy to Strenuous
Route Summary:
This will be a complete loop of the Marin Headlands with an Ice
cream stop in Sausalito. A trail description is thus not important.
Estimated Finish:
5 miles(12noon), 10 miles (2PM), 15 miles (3:30PM) and 20+ miles (6:30PM) all at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
85
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket is essential
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Here is a Marin Hike for everyone! This hike is such a
Classic that I do it 3-4 times a year. I routed this hike such that it will
be suitable for individuals of all capabilities and persuasions. There is a
5 mile section for the casual walkers who want that perfect view of the city
and return to their chores.
There is a 10 mile version for those who want to mix up the city views with
a beach, a 15 mile version for those who are panorama junkies and of course
the ultimate 20+ miler for those who think pain is the best analgesic :-).
If you are a visitor to the bay area, this hike is a must. For the sheer
variety of views one gets on this hike and views of SF city and the
surrounding area, there is nowhere better.
Initially you see ever improving views of the city. Then the Golden gate
area, followed by lovely expanses of the Pacific, the undulating headlands
and finally, the Sausalito area and the inner bay. We will stop in
Sausalito for an ice cream before finishing the hike.
You can leave this hike at anytime you want. I will provide maps and
directions for those wanting to leave early. So, if you are in for the
shorter versions, you do not have to prepare too much.
If you are in it for the long haul, water is critical. On
this loop there is no place to fill-up on water except 3 miles into the
hike. After that there is no water, please do not show-up with less than 3
liters. In addition, you must have some sort of electrolyte replenishment.
Muscle cramps are painful!
Please eat a good breakfast and bring a good lunch. It will be a long
day...Your pace is not that important but your endurance is important. Be
ready to complete the distance.
If you own a camera, do bring it. The views on this hike are memorable
indeed. Please bring a headlamp. I do not think we will need it but on a
hike this long, an injury could necessitate headlamps.
The great thing about doing a hike of this length and difficulty is that
you feel a great sense of accomplishment at the end. You can justify that
hefty dinner after the hike. You will burn more calories on this hike than you burn during a whole week at the gym. :-)
A pleasant attitude, lots of smiles and accolades for your organizer will
be highly appreciated!:-)
NOTE*- You MUST RSVP for this hike. If you cannot RSVP, please make sure to
call and confirm. If you are not sure of going, RSVP anyway. You can always
cancel.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Time:
All day event
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
Snow camping & Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park, CA
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
6pm, Thursday 11th., down town Palo Alto.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe
Activity Distance:
~4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
~500ft.
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Sun evening
Total Driving Distance:
240ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Detailed gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
As promised, we'll conclude this year's short winter/snow camping season with a trip to the Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park.
The plan is to meet in down town Palo Alto on Thursday (11th.) evening by 6pm,
pack and depart toward Lassen - 4.5hr drive.
(you'll be calling in "sick" on Friday so plan your excuses now :)
We'll arrive at the trail head by midnight and set up camp for the night.
Friday morning we'll ski/snowshoe ~4ml to the springs, set up camp and the pool, get the hot water flowing and while the pool is filling in, explore.
Group dinner, following by stargazing (its a New Moon night.)
Saturday we'll continue to explore all the surrounding natural Volcanic Thermal features including geysers, boiling rivers and lakes, etc.
here is what you can expect (weather permitting:)
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/Hot-Springs/Lassen-Drakesbad-HS/17089980_vQFTZ2
Sunday, after a quick last soak, we'll pack the pool and head back,
early dinner at Chico and we should be back in the Bay Area by the evening.
Survivors of recent introductory winter camping trips, past trip leaders and people who are willing to bribe me with awesome food & drink get priority on this trip. I would like to give people who have not been with me on this trip a chance.
Weather: unpredictable but, I expect warm days and just below freezing at night - it is still a winter camping trip (you should be familiar with the gear list,) and there will be snow but you'll be camping right next to a hot Jacuzzi so cold is not an excuse. Swimsuits are optional.
I plan to use XC skis, but those of you who prefer snow shoes can use these instead, or you can bring both and practice.
Trip cost will be covered by a $150 deposit.
Space on this trip is limited so all interested,
please contact me to reserve your spot in the pool asap.
Cheers!
-Igor
igorlandau (at) yaho (dt) com.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
Snow camping & Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park, CA
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
6pm, Thursday 11th., down town Palo Alto.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe
Activity Distance:
~4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
~500ft.
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Sun evening
Total Driving Distance:
240ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Detailed gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
As promised, we'll conclude this year's short winter/snow camping season with a trip to the Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park.
The plan is to meet in down town Palo Alto on Thursday (11th.) evening by 6pm,
pack and depart toward Lassen - 4.5hr drive.
(you'll be calling in "sick" on Friday so plan your excuses now :)
We'll arrive at the trail head by midnight and set up camp for the night.
Friday morning we'll ski/snowshoe ~4ml to the springs, set up camp and the pool, get the hot water flowing and while the pool is filling in, explore.
Group dinner, following by stargazing (its a New Moon night.)
Saturday we'll continue to explore all the surrounding natural Volcanic Thermal features including geysers, boiling rivers and lakes, etc.
here is what you can expect (weather permitting:)
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/Hot-Springs/Lassen-Drakesbad-HS/17089980_vQFTZ2
Sunday, after a quick last soak, we'll pack the pool and head back,
early dinner at Chico and we should be back in the Bay Area by the evening.
Survivors of recent introductory winter camping trips, past trip leaders and people who are willing to bribe me with awesome food & drink get priority on this trip. I would like to give people who have not been with me on this trip a chance.
Weather: unpredictable but, I expect warm days and just below freezing at night - it is still a winter camping trip (you should be familiar with the gear list,) and there will be snow but you'll be camping right next to a hot Jacuzzi so cold is not an excuse. Swimsuits are optional.
I plan to use XC skis, but those of you who prefer snow shoes can use these instead, or you can bring both and practice.
Trip cost will be covered by a $150 deposit.
Space on this trip is limited so all interested,
please contact me to reserve your spot in the pool asap.
Cheers!
-Igor
igorlandau (at) yaho (dt) com.
Time:
8:00am - 6:00pm
Location:
Mt Diablo State Park, CA
Description:
"This will a beautiful 16+ mile (strenuous) stroll and a (not
so) gentle 3400ft elevation gain through the park that traverses three prominent peaks in the area.
And contrary to the timezone indicated, we are meeting at 8am Pacific time, not EDT!
Destination:
Mt Diablo State Par
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
8am at Stanford P&TS ( http://goo.gl/maps/71Hwl ) or 9:30am at Mitchell Canyon Trailhead ( http://goo.gl/maps/ruuXA )
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
16+ miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3400ft +
Difficulty:
Bring it on (strenuous)
Route Summary:
Mitchell Canyon parking lot > Mitchell rock trail > Eagle peak trail
> meridian ridge trail > Bald Ridge Trail -> North Peak Rd -> North Peak Rd
-> North Peak Trail -> Juniper Trail -> Deer Flat Rd -> Mitchell Canyon
Fire Road -> Parking Lot
Estimated Finish:
5:30pm Trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
120
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
45
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Full Sleeve shirt and pants to get avoid of those pesky ticks and itchy poison oak
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Like the call of the wild, el monte Diablo beckons me once again.
It calls upon me to summit its 3840ft high pinnacle crested by the wonders of human creation ( a museum to which ordinary human beings can drive up to).
It calls upon me to take the torture test: hiking through trails nested with poison oak and the occasional rattlesnakes.
It calls upon me to go through pathways infested with wildflowers which mock me as I make my way with sweaty bodies.
It calls upon me to trail through slippery slopes while wide-eyed vultures gliding above gleefuly laugh at me at the prospect of having more food to scavenge.
It calls upon me to lead a group of naive and gullible followers through the harsh terrain of Diablo all in the promise of disappointing views of Northern California.
So come join me as I go tripsying around the well (un)paved, (not)smooth, (not)gentle trails of Diablo state park amidst bountiful wildflowers and beautiful rolling hills that might help mask away the crushing pain in our legs and feet.
Route: Mitchell Canyon parking lot > Mitchell rock trail > Eagle peak trail
> meridian ridge trail > Bald Ridge Trail -> North Peak Rd -> North Peak Rd
-> North Peak Trail -> Juniper Trail -> Deer Flat Rd -> Mitchell Canyon
Fire Road -> Parking Lot
Time:
All day event
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
Snow camping & Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park, CA
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
6pm, Thursday 11th., down town Palo Alto.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe
Activity Distance:
~4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
~500ft.
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Sun evening
Total Driving Distance:
240ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Detailed gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
As promised, we'll conclude this year's short winter/snow camping season with a trip to the Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park.
The plan is to meet in down town Palo Alto on Thursday (11th.) evening by 6pm,
pack and depart toward Lassen - 4.5hr drive.
(you'll be calling in "sick" on Friday so plan your excuses now :)
We'll arrive at the trail head by midnight and set up camp for the night.
Friday morning we'll ski/snowshoe ~4ml to the springs, set up camp and the pool, get the hot water flowing and while the pool is filling in, explore.
Group dinner, following by stargazing (its a New Moon night.)
Saturday we'll continue to explore all the surrounding natural Volcanic Thermal features including geysers, boiling rivers and lakes, etc.
here is what you can expect (weather permitting:)
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/Hot-Springs/Lassen-Drakesbad-HS/17089980_vQFTZ2
Sunday, after a quick last soak, we'll pack the pool and head back,
early dinner at Chico and we should be back in the Bay Area by the evening.
Survivors of recent introductory winter camping trips, past trip leaders and people who are willing to bribe me with awesome food & drink get priority on this trip. I would like to give people who have not been with me on this trip a chance.
Weather: unpredictable but, I expect warm days and just below freezing at night - it is still a winter camping trip (you should be familiar with the gear list,) and there will be snow but you'll be camping right next to a hot Jacuzzi so cold is not an excuse. Swimsuits are optional.
I plan to use XC skis, but those of you who prefer snow shoes can use these instead, or you can bring both and practice.
Trip cost will be covered by a $150 deposit.
Space on this trip is limited so all interested,
please contact me to reserve your spot in the pool asap.
Cheers!
-Igor
igorlandau (at) yaho (dt) com.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
Snow camping & Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park, CA
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
6pm, Thursday 11th., down town Palo Alto.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe
Activity Distance:
~4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
~500ft.
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Sun evening
Total Driving Distance:
240ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Detailed gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
As promised, we'll conclude this year's short winter/snow camping season with a trip to the Natural Hot Springs in Lassen Volcanic Park.
The plan is to meet in down town Palo Alto on Thursday (11th.) evening by 6pm,
pack and depart toward Lassen - 4.5hr drive.
(you'll be calling in "sick" on Friday so plan your excuses now :)
We'll arrive at the trail head by midnight and set up camp for the night.
Friday morning we'll ski/snowshoe ~4ml to the springs, set up camp and the pool, get the hot water flowing and while the pool is filling in, explore.
Group dinner, following by stargazing (its a New Moon night.)
Saturday we'll continue to explore all the surrounding natural Volcanic Thermal features including geysers, boiling rivers and lakes, etc.
here is what you can expect (weather permitting:)
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/Hot-Springs/Lassen-Drakesbad-HS/17089980_vQFTZ2
Sunday, after a quick last soak, we'll pack the pool and head back,
early dinner at Chico and we should be back in the Bay Area by the evening.
Survivors of recent introductory winter camping trips, past trip leaders and people who are willing to bribe me with awesome food & drink get priority on this trip. I would like to give people who have not been with me on this trip a chance.
Weather: unpredictable but, I expect warm days and just below freezing at night - it is still a winter camping trip (you should be familiar with the gear list,) and there will be snow but you'll be camping right next to a hot Jacuzzi so cold is not an excuse. Swimsuits are optional.
I plan to use XC skis, but those of you who prefer snow shoes can use these instead, or you can bring both and practice.
Trip cost will be covered by a $150 deposit.
Space on this trip is limited so all interested,
please contact me to reserve your spot in the pool asap.
Cheers!
-Igor
igorlandau (at) yaho (dt) com.
Location:
Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM @ P&TS for self-carpooling OR 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you will be needing a ride from P&TS or would be able to offer a ride, I very much appreciate your letting me know so that I can attempt to match drivers with those needing ride
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
strenuou due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
N/A see below
Estimated Finish:
5-6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles RT
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
hiking poles if you have/use them
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the new year right with some great aerobic exercise to benefit your body and the beauty of nature to feed your soul (or ameliorate any nature deficit disorder you may be experiencing). Teague Hill is a unique MIDPEN open space preserve with the trails having been made by equestrians – lots of people in Woodside have horses. As a result, the trails are primitive in places. This OSP has no trail names, signs, or official maps, and is as near wilderness as you can get this close to civilization. It can also be challenging due to fallen trees (or falling trees as I experienced here recently), trails turned into to creeks and regular creeks being tough to cross and slippery slopes if it’s rained recently - look at this as possibly quite an adventure! This is NOT an easy hike - we'll be doing 7-10 miles and 1800-3000 feet of elevation gain cumulative. Bring lunch and at least 2 liters of liquid. It would be advisable to wear layered clothing – cool for going up the hills, warm for lunch and going down the hills. In addition, footwear with good deep tread will help on the steep and possibly slippery sections. Have raingear or an umbrella available in case – although right now the forecast looks promising for little if any rain.
Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out).
Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS.
From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280).
Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point.
Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM to do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liabilty wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net,cell 408-833-0955 (day of the hike only please)
Description:
Teague Hill hike addition
Destination:
Organizer:
Meeting Time and Place:
Peter Lofgren has said he would be at P&TS to give a ride to anyone (up to 4) that needs it or wants it for the Teague Hill hike this Saturday April 6. You may contact Peter if you wish at 507-401-6190 or plofgren@stanford.edu
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Time:
All day event
Location:
Ohlone Regional Wilderness
Description:
Ohlone wilderness trail to Rose Peak
Destination:
Ohlone Regional Wilderness
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS at 8:00AM or 9:00AM at Sunol Visitor Center (https://plus.google.com/111276197355802375104)
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
23.6
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Jacket, electrolytes, thermos with hot tea
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Ohlone regional wilderness is our local (within an hour's drive) wilderness area lovingly maintained by the East Bay park district. In this hike we will visit its highest peak - Rose Peak. The peak lies on the same trail as the Mission Peak. However, due to its remoteness it doesn't get at all the same crowds as MP. This time of the year is the best season to visit Rose Peak. There may or may not be wild flowers, but you will certainly be treated to the lush green hills. The days are also long and no rain was promised so far. So it should be a lovely day to spend outdoors using some of that muscles that nature gave us.
Some logistics: the full length of the hike is ~20 miles. However, since it is a to-and-back hike, you can stop and turn around at any point (or wait for the rest to come back). The park requires everyone to buy a map so it will hard to get lost (I can provide map training if needed).
Directions to the meeting place: http://goo.gl/maps/x668O
San Francisco International Chocolate Show & Tasting + SF/GoldenGateBridge hike
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30 at Fraiche Yogurt (down town Palo Alto) or 10am at Fort Mason, left of the Festival Pavilion
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5-6ml for a hike
Total Elevation Gain:
~50 feet
Difficulty:
depending on how much chocolate you can eat
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
late afternoon
Total Driving Distance:
40ml to SF
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
jacket - its gets windy on the bridge
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
As a change of pace from my typical winter camping, lets try something new:
You can meet with us either in down town Palo Alto (Fraiche)
from where we'll drive up to Fort Mason in San Francisco,
there is plenty of free parking nearby by the Marina.
There we'll meet at 10am near the Festival Pavilion
(where the chocolate fest is) - look for our group on the left.
(call me at 650 387 - 5 zero 83 if you need direction.)
We'll spend couple of hours gorging on gourmet chocolate and afterwards,
fueled by a chocolate high, we'll bravely head on a hike through Golden Gate park and walk across the Golden Gate bridge
(check the weather, bring jacket - it maybe cold & windy)
or/and head to Land's end via Baker Beach.
Optional Dinner in the City for all interested.
Please follow this link to purchase tickets for the event:
sfchocolatesalon (dot) com
http://www.sfchocolatesalon.com/
http://sfchocolatesalon2013.eventbrite.com/?ref=ecount
these are $20 until the 22nd, $25/30 afterwards.
See you all there,
Cheers!
-Igor a.k.a. The Chocoholic
ps: Please RSVP so I have an idea how many are coming.
igorlandau ((at) yahoo (dt) com
Location:
Woodside
Description:
SEE BELOW
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Wunderlich Co. Park, El Corte de Madera OSP, Bay Area Ridge Trail
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30 AM at P&TS OR 9:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you will need a ride or an offer a ride from P&TS, I'd appreciate your contacting me so I know whether I'll be able to bring my electric two seater or whether I'll have to bring my larger gas guzzler.
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
15 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
2600 feet
Difficulty:
strenuous due to the distance, elevation gain, and some primitive trails
Route Summary:
See Below
Estimated Finish:
5-6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
We will start this hike in Teague Hill, cross over to Wunderlich Park on a seldom used equestrian trail, hike up to Skyline Blvd, cross into El Corte de Madera and go a half mile or so to an overlook of the ocean (if it’s clear) where we’ll eat lunch whether it’s clear or not. After lunch will connect up with the Bay Area Ridge trail, go about five miles on it, and finally hike back through Teague Hill to our cars. This will be a fairly long and strenuous hike of 15 miles and approximately 2600 feet of cumulative elevation gain. On our way to Wunderlich Park we will need to cross a creek that can sometimes be a little challenging but I believe is quite doable at current water levels – possibly a chance to be creative! We will have to squeeze through a locked gate to get to Wunderlich – if you’re VERY much over weight it could be tough. There were a lot of Hounds Tongue wildflowers out and I think possibly the Forget-Me-Nots were getting ready to bloom. There are lots of redwoods, madrones, fir and pine trees as well as ferns and other flora. In Teague Hill and going to Wunderlich, we will encounter downed trees that we will need to get over, around, or under.
Wear layered clothing (light and cool for going up the hills) while warmer for lunch and going down hills. Wear footwear with good deep tread for the steep and possibly slippery places. The trails will be mostly shaded so sunscreen and a hat would be at your discretion (I will be wearing neither). Bring lunch and snacks, and at least two liters of water – three might be even better – depending on how much you usually go through. If you use hiking poles, do bring them. They can be very useful in places on this hike. I have a pair I’d be happy to loan out.
From 280, take the Woodside Rd. exit up the hill to and then through Woodside for 1.5 miles. The school will be on your left soon after the fire house. If the parking lot is full you may be able to park on the street – but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If Woodside Road is closed due to a parade, etc, we will meet at the Woodside Town Hall that is 0.6 mile from 280. This hike will go rain or shine although shine (and even warn) is currently predicted. There is one restroom open at the Woodside Elementary School but none otherwise. This hike is being co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and with other groups. Leader: Craig Keith, 408-227-0196, cell phone 408-833-0955 (day of the hike only please), clkeith9@sbcglobal.net. I have recently been having intermittnet troubles with my land line, so you can try the cell phone if you wish. Email would probably be best - that seems to be working fine.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Steam Train, Tilden East Bay Regional Park
Description:
North-South Loop Bay Area Ridge Trail Tilden Regional Park
Destination:
Tilden Regional Park, Berkeley Hills, East Bay
Organizer:
Valerie Doyle (mt val)
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30 AM Stanford P&TS or 9:30 AM AT TEAM TRAIN PARKING LOT AT TILDEN REGIONAL PARK,
Event Email:
mtnval@pacbell.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
16+miles
Total Elevation Gain:
under 2000 ft
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Loop Hike along portion of Bay Area Ridge Trail Southern Tilden North to Wildcat Canyon Regional Park and back.
Estimated Finish:
5:30-6:00 PM
Total Driving Distance:
90 mi
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Trekking poles, good moods, wind jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Tilden is a gem of the East Bay Regional Park system. We shall start the hike at the Steam Train, a real railway for kids and others, hike up to Vollmer Peak and follow Bay Area Ridge Trail north to Wildcat Canyon Regional Park. We will hike to the point where Mt Val saw a Mountain Lion and also talk about the habitat and population of mt lions. From the Ridge Trail we will see San Pablo and Briones Reservoirs, great views East to Mt Diablo, views West to Bay and Marin. We will have lunch on a former Nike Missile pad, one of many built in the Bay Area during the Cold War. Brings lots of snacks and lunch and a wind breaker just in case. will The wildflowers are already out so come on over to Berkeley and join Mt Val for a great hike. I don't promise a Wildcat sighting!
Trip organizer lives in Berkeley so it will be a self-organized meet-up car pool at Stanford. You must contact me by email and let me know if you need a ride or if you are a driver. I will do my best to coordinate car poolers via email. Please respond by Friday at 8 PM. Home #510-525-0954,cell 510 502-2954. Can pick up hikers coming via BART @ North Berkeley BART station
From Stanford cross bridge of choice and take I 880 north and then go East of Hiway 24 thru the Caldecott Tunnel, direction Orinda. Just as you exit the tunnel signal for a right turn and drive up and behind the tunnel going on Fish Ranch Rd. 1/2 mile up turn right onto Grizzly Peak Blvd. and drive about 2 miles to the Steam Train parking which is a right turn onto Lomas Cantadas then left into parking. There is water and toilet at start. Good Thai restaurant
within short drive that we can eat at afterwards, if you wish.
Location:
Fort Mason/ San francisco
Description:
San francisco City walk
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
9:00 AM at Stanford PT&S: http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b or 10:15AM at the Fort Mason Greens restaurant: http://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=building+a,+fort+mason,+San+Francisco,+CA+94123+
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
12-14 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
400-500 ft
Difficulty:
Easy does it
Route Summary:
Fort Mason > GGNRA > GOlden Gate Park > Fort Mason
Estimated Finish:
Can leave anytime
Total Driving Distance:
90
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket is essential
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Well ! This year has started as a busy year! Been sitting around and getting fat! Well, we just can't have that can we? So, let us start with a civilized hike. Where better to get that than in stinkin' liberal SF eh?
This is a city walk. It is an "everyone" walk. Therefore, the distance
should not put you off. You can walk as far as you would prefer and leave
when you need to leave as there is MUNI service everywhere. You are welcome
to bring your spouse, kids, cats, dogs or just about anything you might be
into.
If a short walk is your calling, this is it. On the other hand, if you are
into a good hike, lace-up and join us!
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for self-carpool OR 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you either need a ride from P&TS or would be able to offer a ride from P&TS please let me know so I can do any matching that might be possible.
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
strenuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
NA (see below)
Estimated Finish:
5 - 6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles from P&TS
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the new year right with some great aerobic exercise to benefit your body and the beauty of nature to feed your soul (or ameliorate any nature deficit disorder you may be experiencing). Teague Hill is a unique MIDPEN open space preserve with the trails having been made by equestrians – lots of people in Woodside have horses. As a result, the trails are primitive in places. This OSP has no trail names, signs, or official maps, and is as near wilderness as you can get this close to civilization. It can also be challenging due to fallen trees (or falling trees as I experienced here recently), trails turned into to creeks and regular creeks being tough to cross and slippery slopes if it’s rained recently - look at this as possibly quite an adventure! This is NOT an easy hike - we'll be doing 7-10 miles and 1800-3000 feet of elevation gain cumulative. Bring lunch and at least 2 liters of liquid. It would be advisable to wear layered clothing – cool for going up the hills, warm for lunch and going down the hills. In addition, footwear with good deep tread will help on the steep and possibly slippery sections. Have raingear or an umbrella available in case – although right now the forecast looks promising for little if any rain.
Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out).
Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS.
From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280).
Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point.
Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM to do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net,
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
We'll XC/BC ski to Cinder Cone Volcano.
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
11am down town Palo Alto, Friday Feb 22nd.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
8ml one way
Total Elevation Gain:
1000ft
Difficulty:
intermediate+ (depending on the weather)
Route Summary:
See below...
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
300ml 1-way
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Extensive gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is an invitation to visit a surrealistic place - the Cinder Cone Volcano, dressed in Winter white snow.
Here is what you can expect (weather permitting):
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/XC-Cinder-Cone-W2010/13732044_FVkRjv
To enjoy this trip you should be in very good physical shape (we got 8ml to ski, breaking trail in the snow, with backpacks,) have had experience on multi-day backpacking trips (winter backpacking experience is not required but highly recommended,) and you have had at least a day's worth of experience with XC/BC skis.
The plan is to meet in town Palo Alto on Friday the 22nd by 11AM, pack into SUV(s) and depart by noon heading north toward Lassen. Quick lunch on the way, a dinner stop at Redding and we should be at the trailhead leading to Cinder Cone by 9pm. Now, I know how much people like to ski at night by moonlight so we'll ski in for a few miles to warm up and get a head start toward Cinder Cone
and then camp for the night on the snow.
One Saturday, we'll ski the rest of the (5ml) way to Cinder Cone, set a nice camp, build a snow kitchen, enjoy a group dinner and, maybe even ski up Cinder Cone at night.
Sunday, we'll do some short ski touring around & up Cinder Cone, then break camp and ski back out which will be a lot of fun as it is mostly at a 3-5 - degree angle downhill. Then back to Redding, quick bite to eat, and then we'll head back home.
Bad weather and snow will not cancel this trip (but it'll make it more fun:)
Here is a link to a tentative gear list you'll need to bring for this trip:
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0ArvKpJKrvdo-dHE0R19xRXh3WkVDMlZZOVJDT1B1ZUE&usp=sharing
(this list will be updated.)
This trip will be done on XC/BC skis, not on snow shoes - that is not an option.
(we will bring 1-2 pairs of snow shoes for the whole group, just in case of a ski failure.)
For all those who signs up but have not yet gone on a trip with me, please plan to make time to meet with me early next week - I will announce a group meeting tentatively set for Tuesday 19th in evening at 7:30pm in Palo Alto...
All those who have been on introductory trips with me in the past years are encouraged to sign-up. Aside from other trip leaders, priority will also be given to people who have not been to Cinder Cone before.
Space on this trip is limited.
I will answer questions from the seriously interested via e-mail.
Looking forward to it!
-Igor
igorlandau (at)) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
We'll XC/BC ski to Cinder Cone Volcano.
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
11am down town Palo Alto, Friday Feb 22nd.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
8ml one way
Total Elevation Gain:
1000ft
Difficulty:
intermediate+ (depending on the weather)
Route Summary:
See below...
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
300ml 1-way
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Extensive gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is an invitation to visit a surrealistic place - the Cinder Cone Volcano, dressed in Winter white snow.
Here is what you can expect (weather permitting):
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/XC-Cinder-Cone-W2010/13732044_FVkRjv
To enjoy this trip you should be in very good physical shape (we got 8ml to ski, breaking trail in the snow, with backpacks,) have had experience on multi-day backpacking trips (winter backpacking experience is not required but highly recommended,) and you have had at least a day's worth of experience with XC/BC skis.
The plan is to meet in town Palo Alto on Friday the 22nd by 11AM, pack into SUV(s) and depart by noon heading north toward Lassen. Quick lunch on the way, a dinner stop at Redding and we should be at the trailhead leading to Cinder Cone by 9pm. Now, I know how much people like to ski at night by moonlight so we'll ski in for a few miles to warm up and get a head start toward Cinder Cone
and then camp for the night on the snow.
One Saturday, we'll ski the rest of the (5ml) way to Cinder Cone, set a nice camp, build a snow kitchen, enjoy a group dinner and, maybe even ski up Cinder Cone at night.
Sunday, we'll do some short ski touring around & up Cinder Cone, then break camp and ski back out which will be a lot of fun as it is mostly at a 3-5 - degree angle downhill. Then back to Redding, quick bite to eat, and then we'll head back home.
Bad weather and snow will not cancel this trip (but it'll make it more fun:)
Here is a link to a tentative gear list you'll need to bring for this trip:
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0ArvKpJKrvdo-dHE0R19xRXh3WkVDMlZZOVJDT1B1ZUE&usp=sharing
(this list will be updated.)
This trip will be done on XC/BC skis, not on snow shoes - that is not an option.
(we will bring 1-2 pairs of snow shoes for the whole group, just in case of a ski failure.)
For all those who signs up but have not yet gone on a trip with me, please plan to make time to meet with me early next week - I will announce a group meeting tentatively set for Tuesday 19th in evening at 7:30pm in Palo Alto...
All those who have been on introductory trips with me in the past years are encouraged to sign-up. Aside from other trip leaders, priority will also be given to people who have not been to Cinder Cone before.
Space on this trip is limited.
I will answer questions from the seriously interested via e-mail.
Looking forward to it!
-Igor
igorlandau (at)) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Description:
We'll XC/BC ski to Cinder Cone Volcano.
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic Park, Northern CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
11am down town Palo Alto, Friday Feb 22nd.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
8ml one way
Total Elevation Gain:
1000ft
Difficulty:
intermediate+ (depending on the weather)
Route Summary:
See below...
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
300ml 1-way
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Extensive gear list will be provided to confirmed participants.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is an invitation to visit a surrealistic place - the Cinder Cone Volcano, dressed in Winter white snow.
Here is what you can expect (weather permitting):
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/Nature/XC-Cinder-Cone-W2010/13732044_FVkRjv
To enjoy this trip you should be in very good physical shape (we got 8ml to ski, breaking trail in the snow, with backpacks,) have had experience on multi-day backpacking trips (winter backpacking experience is not required but highly recommended,) and you have had at least a day's worth of experience with XC/BC skis.
The plan is to meet in town Palo Alto on Friday the 22nd by 11AM, pack into SUV(s) and depart by noon heading north toward Lassen. Quick lunch on the way, a dinner stop at Redding and we should be at the trailhead leading to Cinder Cone by 9pm. Now, I know how much people like to ski at night by moonlight so we'll ski in for a few miles to warm up and get a head start toward Cinder Cone
and then camp for the night on the snow.
One Saturday, we'll ski the rest of the (5ml) way to Cinder Cone, set a nice camp, build a snow kitchen, enjoy a group dinner and, maybe even ski up Cinder Cone at night.
Sunday, we'll do some short ski touring around & up Cinder Cone, then break camp and ski back out which will be a lot of fun as it is mostly at a 3-5 - degree angle downhill. Then back to Redding, quick bite to eat, and then we'll head back home.
Bad weather and snow will not cancel this trip (but it'll make it more fun:)
Here is a link to a tentative gear list you'll need to bring for this trip:
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0ArvKpJKrvdo-dHE0R19xRXh3WkVDMlZZOVJDT1B1ZUE&usp=sharing
(this list will be updated.)
This trip will be done on XC/BC skis, not on snow shoes - that is not an option.
(we will bring 1-2 pairs of snow shoes for the whole group, just in case of a ski failure.)
For all those who signs up but have not yet gone on a trip with me, please plan to make time to meet with me early next week - I will announce a group meeting tentatively set for Tuesday 19th in evening at 7:30pm in Palo Alto...
All those who have been on introductory trips with me in the past years are encouraged to sign-up. Aside from other trip leaders, priority will also be given to people who have not been to Cinder Cone before.
Space on this trip is limited.
I will answer questions from the seriously interested via e-mail.
Looking forward to it!
-Igor
igorlandau (at)) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Tennessee Valley Trail Head
Description:
Golden GAte National Rec. Area Hike
Destination:
Tennessee Valley Trail Head, GGNRA
Organizer:
Valerie Doyle (mt val)
Meeting Time and Place:
10 AM Tennessee Valley Trail Head of Golden Gate National Recreation Area
Event Email:
mtnval@pacbell.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
18-20 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
2,500 +
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Start @ Tennessee Valley Trail Head, Miwok, Diaz Ridge, some of Mt Tam,Coastal, maybe Green Gulch. Promise you views of the Pacific Ocean, probably Farallone Islands, Redwood forests and the rear end of who ever is hiking in front of you!
Estimated Finish:
6:30 PM
Total Driving Distance:
100 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
$40. approx.
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Wind proof jacket, snacks, trekking poles recommended
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Valerie loves to hike in the GGNRA and since this is Valentine's Day week come and test your HEART on all the uphills. If no one sent you a Valentine Mt Val will help your heart and maybe also burn off all the chocolate that seems to equal love in our Global Society! We will go from sea level to Mt Tam and return to seal level. Val has even helped build some of the Coastal Trail. Come on out for a Great California Heart work out!
Meet up @ Stanford P & S at 8:30 AM for a self-organized car pool. Val lives in East Bay so will try and connect interested hikers via email. Take Hiway 101 North, cross the Golden Gate Bride, take Stinson Beach Hiway 1 exit and then turn left to Tennessee Valley Trailhead. It will be crowded Sat. so meet by the bathrooms!. You even pass a fruit stand where you can buy snacks. Some facilities at trailhead. It could be a clear and cold day to bring warm clothes that you can layer. Gloves and hat, lots of snacks and a good lunch. Stongly advise trekking poles.
If you have had a bad week this will be a fabulous pick up. You didn't get a Valentine? Never mind, this hike will make your heart beat.
PLEASE. Mandatory RSVP @ mtnval@pacbell.net, home phone preferred 510 525-0954, cell 510 502-2954. You must have my okay for joining the hike. I reserve right to refuse your participation in the hike if you have not contacted me by Friday night @ 10 PM. No Claire, Lisa, or Ascended Master allowed.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Northern CA
Description:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
Friday, the 8th at noon.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
6miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
From the South entrance of Lassen we'll use both BC/XC skis and snow shoes to ascend toward Helen Lake where we'll stay for the night.
We'll come down the next day.
There will be an optional detour to thaw out at the Natural Hot springs at Harbin.
(all interested at coming to the hot springs will need to take Monday off.)
Estimated Finish:
Sun/Monday late
Total Driving Distance:
250ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See detailed gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This 2nd introductory to winter/snow camping trip will take us to
Lassen Volcanic national Park - an active volcanic area in Northern California.
here is a sample of the terrain we will enjoy:
http://mountainroadphotography.smugmug.com/Winter-Sports/Lassen-Peak/4172868_D2ds3m#!i=243779049&k=7cNpP9f
While this is an "Introductory" trip, because of the high altitude and elevation gain (6000->9000ft,) all participants should be in good active shape.
We will assemble in down town Palo Alto at noon (12) on Friday, Feb 8th.
Pack into a rented minivan(s) and head north toward Lassen.
Group dinner at a Mexican restaurant on the way...
Arriving at Lassen, we'll set a camp by the trail head.
We will be camping on the snow but there will be warm bathrooms nearby.
Saturday morning, after breakfast and permits, we'll head up toward the foot of Mt. Lassen. We'll cover the steep terrain on snow shoes and the less steep terrain on skis - everybody will have plenty of time to practice using both
and I'll provide some guidance and encouragement.
Saturday night we'll set camp in/on the snow somewhere near Helen Lake.
group dinner,
Zzzz....
Sunday, weather permitting we'll do a short backpack-free trip near Mt Lassen
and then head back down. For many of you this will a fun day skiing
4 miles down the hill enjoying gorgeous views.
Then, some may choose to drive straight back home arriving late Sunday night.
Others will head to Napa where we'll car camp at Harbin Hot Springs and
enjoy thawing out bodies at the natural hot springs then, Monday morning after breakfast we'll drive back via the Wine Country arriving in Palo Alto late in Monday afternoon.
Everybody will need to take Friday Afternoon off.
Those coming to the Hot Spring detour will need to call-in sick on Monday.
There will be a Mandatory group meeting on Thursday, January 31st,
at the LaMorenita Mexican restaurant,
800 Emerson Street in down town Palo Alto at 7:30pm.
here is a preliminary gear list you'll need to acquaint yourself with in preparation for this trip:
Most key gear can/will be rented at Stanford from:
http://sog.stanford.edu/
I will answer all questions at the group meeting on the 31st.
I estimate the cost of the trip to be $160 covering group gear, transportation, etc. Deposits to secure your spot will be accepted only via PayPal only to make it easier for to keep track of the money and refund the unused funds after the trip.
This is 2nd intro trip of the season is your last chance to practice & prepare for the more advanced winter/snow trips to come later in the season.
All those interested, please send me an email with ALL the following information:
your name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and/or willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to
know.
Trip space is very limited (unless i'll get assistance & help leading this trip from other experienced people :)
I will reply to all e-mail by this weekend.
-igor
igorlandau (at) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Henry Coe State Park, Gilroy, CA
Description:
Henry Coe Short Hike
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
9:00AM at Stanford PT&S self organized. (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:45 AM at at the Henry Coe state park headquarters ( https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=E+Dunne+Ave&hl=en&sll=37.186519,-121.545814&sspn=0.010342,0.019548&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFeJrNwId0FfB-A&oq=Palo+Alto,+CA&mra=ls&t=m&z=11
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
10 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1000 ft approximately
Difficulty:
Easy does it
Route Summary:
Headquarters > China Hole > Narrows > Headquarters
Estimated Finish:
4:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
110
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket is essential
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Well,
Back from a 2 month break in South America. I have been at work for only 4 days and already itching to be outdoors again! So, I thought I might do a a short breather in my favorite park in the bay area.
The wildflowers are out in Henry Coe. Bring Cameras.
This will be a short outing with stops in China hole for lunch and a walk through the narrows. There is only one major climb. Your pace will not be a problem as this hike is quite straightforward and you can turn back at any point. I will provide good directions.
There will be water in the narrows. So, please bring sandals to switch into if you do not want your boots wet.
This hike will go rain or shine.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Time:
All day event
Location:
Northern CA
Description:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
Friday, the 8th at noon.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
6miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
From the South entrance of Lassen we'll use both BC/XC skis and snow shoes to ascend toward Helen Lake where we'll stay for the night.
We'll come down the next day.
There will be an optional detour to thaw out at the Natural Hot springs at Harbin.
(all interested at coming to the hot springs will need to take Monday off.)
Estimated Finish:
Sun/Monday late
Total Driving Distance:
250ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See detailed gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This 2nd introductory to winter/snow camping trip will take us to
Lassen Volcanic national Park - an active volcanic area in Northern California.
here is a sample of the terrain we will enjoy:
http://mountainroadphotography.smugmug.com/Winter-Sports/Lassen-Peak/4172868_D2ds3m#!i=243779049&k=7cNpP9f
While this is an "Introductory" trip, because of the high altitude and elevation gain (6000->9000ft,) all participants should be in good active shape.
We will assemble in down town Palo Alto at noon (12) on Friday, Feb 8th.
Pack into a rented minivan(s) and head north toward Lassen.
Group dinner at a Mexican restaurant on the way...
Arriving at Lassen, we'll set a camp by the trail head.
We will be camping on the snow but there will be warm bathrooms nearby.
Saturday morning, after breakfast and permits, we'll head up toward the foot of Mt. Lassen. We'll cover the steep terrain on snow shoes and the less steep terrain on skis - everybody will have plenty of time to practice using both
and I'll provide some guidance and encouragement.
Saturday night we'll set camp in/on the snow somewhere near Helen Lake.
group dinner,
Zzzz....
Sunday, weather permitting we'll do a short backpack-free trip near Mt Lassen
and then head back down. For many of you this will a fun day skiing
4 miles down the hill enjoying gorgeous views.
Then, some may choose to drive straight back home arriving late Sunday night.
Others will head to Napa where we'll car camp at Harbin Hot Springs and
enjoy thawing out bodies at the natural hot springs then, Monday morning after breakfast we'll drive back via the Wine Country arriving in Palo Alto late in Monday afternoon.
Everybody will need to take Friday Afternoon off.
Those coming to the Hot Spring detour will need to call-in sick on Monday.
There will be a Mandatory group meeting on Thursday, January 31st,
at the LaMorenita Mexican restaurant,
800 Emerson Street in down town Palo Alto at 7:30pm.
here is a preliminary gear list you'll need to acquaint yourself with in preparation for this trip:
Most key gear can/will be rented at Stanford from:
http://sog.stanford.edu/
I will answer all questions at the group meeting on the 31st.
I estimate the cost of the trip to be $160 covering group gear, transportation, etc. Deposits to secure your spot will be accepted only via PayPal only to make it easier for to keep track of the money and refund the unused funds after the trip.
This is 2nd intro trip of the season is your last chance to practice & prepare for the more advanced winter/snow trips to come later in the season.
All those interested, please send me an email with ALL the following information:
your name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and/or willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to
know.
Trip space is very limited (unless i'll get assistance & help leading this trip from other experienced people :)
I will reply to all e-mail by this weekend.
-igor
igorlandau (at) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Pinnacles National Park
Description:
A medium hike through the highlights of Pinnacles National Park, US's newest National Park. We will start from Stanford P&TS at 8am or meet at the trailhead (Chapparal ranger station) at 10am
Destination:
Pinnacles National Park
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
Stanford P&TS 8am
Event Email:
sathishcj[at]gmail[dot]com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
8.4
Total Elevation Gain:
1540
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
We will be starting from the
1. Chapparal ranger station->Juniper Canyon Trail
2. Juniper Canyon Trail -> Tunnel Trail -> High Peaks Trail
3a. High Peaks Trail-> Chalone Gulch Trail to Bear Gulch Visitor Center ->Bear Gulch Trail -> Chalone Creek
4. Back to Chapparal via Old Pinnacles Trail and Balconies Trail through the cave
Estimated Finish:
3pm
Total Driving Distance:
120
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
A good camera :)
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
We will be doing a moderate hike through the highlights of Pinnacles - the High Peaks Trail, Bear Gulch, and even a cave - the Balconies cave.
It is a 8.5mile hike. Should roughly take 5hs.
It is a leisurely hike, more for experiencing the park than for trying to cover miles! We will start from Stanford P&TS at 8am or meet at the trailhead (Chapparal ranger station) at 10am
RSVP not required, but please do email me if you are interested. This can help take care of headcount.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Northern CA
Description:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
Friday, the 8th at noon.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
6miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
From the South entrance of Lassen we'll use both BC/XC skis and snow shoes to ascend toward Helen Lake where we'll stay for the night.
We'll come down the next day.
There will be an optional detour to thaw out at the Natural Hot springs at Harbin.
(all interested at coming to the hot springs will need to take Monday off.)
Estimated Finish:
Sun/Monday late
Total Driving Distance:
250ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See detailed gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This 2nd introductory to winter/snow camping trip will take us to
Lassen Volcanic national Park - an active volcanic area in Northern California.
here is a sample of the terrain we will enjoy:
http://mountainroadphotography.smugmug.com/Winter-Sports/Lassen-Peak/4172868_D2ds3m#!i=243779049&k=7cNpP9f
While this is an "Introductory" trip, because of the high altitude and elevation gain (6000->9000ft,) all participants should be in good active shape.
We will assemble in down town Palo Alto at noon (12) on Friday, Feb 8th.
Pack into a rented minivan(s) and head north toward Lassen.
Group dinner at a Mexican restaurant on the way...
Arriving at Lassen, we'll set a camp by the trail head.
We will be camping on the snow but there will be warm bathrooms nearby.
Saturday morning, after breakfast and permits, we'll head up toward the foot of Mt. Lassen. We'll cover the steep terrain on snow shoes and the less steep terrain on skis - everybody will have plenty of time to practice using both
and I'll provide some guidance and encouragement.
Saturday night we'll set camp in/on the snow somewhere near Helen Lake.
group dinner,
Zzzz....
Sunday, weather permitting we'll do a short backpack-free trip near Mt Lassen
and then head back down. For many of you this will a fun day skiing
4 miles down the hill enjoying gorgeous views.
Then, some may choose to drive straight back home arriving late Sunday night.
Others will head to Napa where we'll car camp at Harbin Hot Springs and
enjoy thawing out bodies at the natural hot springs then, Monday morning after breakfast we'll drive back via the Wine Country arriving in Palo Alto late in Monday afternoon.
Everybody will need to take Friday Afternoon off.
Those coming to the Hot Spring detour will need to call-in sick on Monday.
There will be a Mandatory group meeting on Thursday, January 31st,
at the LaMorenita Mexican restaurant,
800 Emerson Street in down town Palo Alto at 7:30pm.
here is a preliminary gear list you'll need to acquaint yourself with in preparation for this trip:
Most key gear can/will be rented at Stanford from:
http://sog.stanford.edu/
I will answer all questions at the group meeting on the 31st.
I estimate the cost of the trip to be $160 covering group gear, transportation, etc. Deposits to secure your spot will be accepted only via PayPal only to make it easier for to keep track of the money and refund the unused funds after the trip.
This is 2nd intro trip of the season is your last chance to practice & prepare for the more advanced winter/snow trips to come later in the season.
All those interested, please send me an email with ALL the following information:
your name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and/or willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to
know.
Trip space is very limited (unless i'll get assistance & help leading this trip from other experienced people :)
I will reply to all e-mail by this weekend.
-igor
igorlandau (at) yahoo (dot) com
Time:
All day event
Location:
Northern CA
Description:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Destination:
Lassen Volcanic national Park
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
Friday, the 8th at noon.
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
6miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
From the South entrance of Lassen we'll use both BC/XC skis and snow shoes to ascend toward Helen Lake where we'll stay for the night.
We'll come down the next day.
There will be an optional detour to thaw out at the Natural Hot springs at Harbin.
(all interested at coming to the hot springs will need to take Monday off.)
Estimated Finish:
Sun/Monday late
Total Driving Distance:
250ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See detailed gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This 2nd introductory to winter/snow camping trip will take us to
Lassen Volcanic national Park - an active volcanic area in Northern California.
here is a sample of the terrain we will enjoy:
http://mountainroadphotography.smugmug.com/Winter-Sports/Lassen-Peak/4172868_D2ds3m#!i=243779049&k=7cNpP9f
While this is an "Introductory" trip, because of the high altitude and elevation gain (6000->9000ft,) all participants should be in good active shape.
We will assemble in down town Palo Alto at noon (12) on Friday, Feb 8th.
Pack into a rented minivan(s) and head north toward Lassen.
Group dinner at a Mexican restaurant on the way...
Arriving at Lassen, we'll set a camp by the trail head.
We will be camping on the snow but there will be warm bathrooms nearby.
Saturday morning, after breakfast and permits, we'll head up toward the foot of Mt. Lassen. We'll cover the steep terrain on snow shoes and the less steep terrain on skis - everybody will have plenty of time to practice using both
and I'll provide some guidance and encouragement.
Saturday night we'll set camp in/on the snow somewhere near Helen Lake.
group dinner,
Zzzz....
Sunday, weather permitting we'll do a short backpack-free trip near Mt Lassen
and then head back down. For many of you this will a fun day skiing
4 miles down the hill enjoying gorgeous views.
Then, some may choose to drive straight back home arriving late Sunday night.
Others will head to Napa where we'll car camp at Harbin Hot Springs and
enjoy thawing out bodies at the natural hot springs then, Monday morning after breakfast we'll drive back via the Wine Country arriving in Palo Alto late in Monday afternoon.
Everybody will need to take Friday Afternoon off.
Those coming to the Hot Spring detour will need to call-in sick on Monday.
There will be a Mandatory group meeting on Thursday, January 31st,
at the LaMorenita Mexican restaurant,
800 Emerson Street in down town Palo Alto at 7:30pm.
here is a preliminary gear list you'll need to acquaint yourself with in preparation for this trip:
Most key gear can/will be rented at Stanford from:
http://sog.stanford.edu/
I will answer all questions at the group meeting on the 31st.
I estimate the cost of the trip to be $160 covering group gear, transportation, etc. Deposits to secure your spot will be accepted only via PayPal only to make it easier for to keep track of the money and refund the unused funds after the trip.
This is 2nd intro trip of the season is your last chance to practice & prepare for the more advanced winter/snow trips to come later in the season.
All those interested, please send me an email with ALL the following information:
your name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and/or willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to
know.
Trip space is very limited (unless i'll get assistance & help leading this trip from other experienced people :)
I will reply to all e-mail by this weekend.
-igor
igorlandau (at) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Description:
hike in Teague Hill OSP,
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS OR 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
N/A as no trail names
Estimated Finish:
5-6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles if you use them (I have a pair to loan out)
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the new year right with some great aerobic exercise to benefit your body and the beauty of nature to feed your soul (or ameliorate any nature deficit disorder you may be experiencing). Teague Hill is a unique MIDPEN open space preserve with the trails having been made by equestrians – lots of people in Woodside have horses. As a result, the trails are primitive in places. This OSP has no trail names, signs, or official maps, and is as near wilderness as you can get this close to civilization. It can also be challenging due to fallen trees (or falling trees as I experienced here recently), trails turned into to creeks and regular creeks being tough to cross and slippery slopes if it’s rained recently - look at this as possibly quite an adventure! This is NOT an easy hike - we'll be doing 7-10 miles and 1800-3000 feet of elevation gain cumulative. Bring lunch and at least 2 liters of liquid. It would be advisable to wear layered clothing – cool for going up the hills, warm for lunch and going down the hills. In addition, footwear with good deep tread will help on the steep and possibly slippery sections. Have raingear or an umbrella available in case – although right now the forecast looks promising for little if any rain.
Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out).
Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS.
From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280).
Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point.
Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net,
Description:
Intro to Winter/Snow Camping in Yosemite
Destination:
Yosemite, CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
There will be a Mandatory Pre-Trip meeting, see details below...
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
little
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
We'll Drive to Yosemite and Ski & Snow shoe 4 miles from Badger Pass to Dewey Point where we'll camp for the night.
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
170ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See link to gear list on Googel Docs...
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a perfect trip to pick up basic winter & snow camping skills while enjoying amazing Yosemite Valley views. See pictures from previous trip:
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/WinterSnowCamping/Yosemite-Dewie-Point-W2011/15507678_ZfBsrv
Tentative itinerary:
Friday, January 25th, we'll meet at 1pm in down town Palo Alto,
pack into car(s) and depart toward Yosemite before rush hour traffic.
Dinner on the way, car camping down in Yosemite Valley on Friday night then,
Saturday Morning drive to Badger Pass and from there ski & snowshoe 4 miles to Dewey Point where we will set camp in the snow for the night.
Sunday, we'll snow shoe / ski back, drive back down to the Valley for dinner and then head home arriving back in the Bay Area late Sunday night.
On this trip you are encouraged to rent & use both snow shoes and XC skis.
We'll be going slowly and I will provide instruction & guidance.
Sat Dinner & Sunday breakfast will be group events -
we'll organize them as a group...
Especially in the challenging Winter environment, we will be replying on each other's support and good judgment to make this trip safe & fun for all.
To help facilitate such a group thinking, we will have one mandatory pre-trip meeting:
There will be a pre-trip meeting in LaMorenita Mexican restaurant in Palo Alto (800 Emerson St) at 7:30pm on Thursday, January 17th - please mark your calendar - it is a mandatory meeting for all.
In this meeting we will get to know each other, make plans for sharing food, etc., and go over the extensive gear list (to be provided shortly to all interested,) and, I will offer a concise introduction to Winter/Snow camping.
To join this trip; please e-mail me with ALL the following information:
name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to know.
Extensive gear list will be provided shortly to all those interested...
The estimated cost for this trip is $150 to cover the cost of
car rental & fuel,
park & camping fess,
group gear (tents, stoves, etc,)
and some group food...
Confirmed participants will need to provide a $150 deposit.
Deposits accepted only via PayPal (NO checks/cash please!)
to help keep track of the money and
to be able to refund the unspent funds after the trip.
All Unused funds will be refunded.
Additionally, you will be responsible for renting your own gear (snow shoes, skis, backpack, sleeping bag, etc.,) and your food as well as dinners on the way to and from Yosemite -
I estimate that this will add another $100 to the cost of the trip.
This is a non-smoking trip - thank you.
If you have had previous winter camping experience and would like to help me organize & lead this trip, please let me know - thanks!
(Unless I get help leading this trip, I will need to limit the number of participant on this trip to ~8-9 people, half typical the number of interested people.)
-igor
igorlandau(at) yahoo(dot) com
Time:
10:00am - 4:00pm
Location:
Henry Coe SP
Description:
Hike to small Vasquez Peak in Henry Coe SP
Destination:
Henry Coe SP
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS at 8:30AM, Lucky on Mathilda at 8;50AM, and 10AM at Hunting Hollow Entrance
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
40.5
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
It is time to start the new hiking season and work off that thin layer of fat that I accumulated in Chile. Perhaps we can do this with a (relatively) short introductory hike in lovely Henry Coe SP. Still opened under the new management Henry Coe represents typical Bay Area non-coastal environment - rolling hills covered with different types of oaks (poison and otherwise). It is a good time to visit because it isn't yet hot and all the hills are covered in lush green grass.
Logistics:
- Carpool is self-organized at Stanford P&TS. I will be at the carpool point in Sunnyvale.
- Bring hiking poles. Some of the trails in the park can be quite steep.
- Bring warm dry closes to change.
- Bring a small thermos with warm drink, if you have it.
Directions to the trailhead: http://goo.gl/maps/UKpsq
See you there.
-Ilya.
e-mail: katsnelson at gmail.com
cell: 323 356 7293 (on the day of the hike).
Description:
Intro to Winter/Snow Camping in Yosemite
Destination:
Yosemite, CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
There will be a Mandatory Pre-Trip meeting, see details below...
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
little
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
We'll Drive to Yosemite and Ski & Snow shoe 4 miles from Badger Pass to Dewey Point where we'll camp for the night.
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
170ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See link to gear list on Googel Docs...
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a perfect trip to pick up basic winter & snow camping skills while enjoying amazing Yosemite Valley views. See pictures from previous trip:
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/WinterSnowCamping/Yosemite-Dewie-Point-W2011/15507678_ZfBsrv
Tentative itinerary:
Friday, January 25th, we'll meet at 1pm in down town Palo Alto,
pack into car(s) and depart toward Yosemite before rush hour traffic.
Dinner on the way, car camping down in Yosemite Valley on Friday night then,
Saturday Morning drive to Badger Pass and from there ski & snowshoe 4 miles to Dewey Point where we will set camp in the snow for the night.
Sunday, we'll snow shoe / ski back, drive back down to the Valley for dinner and then head home arriving back in the Bay Area late Sunday night.
On this trip you are encouraged to rent & use both snow shoes and XC skis.
We'll be going slowly and I will provide instruction & guidance.
Sat Dinner & Sunday breakfast will be group events -
we'll organize them as a group...
Especially in the challenging Winter environment, we will be replying on each other's support and good judgment to make this trip safe & fun for all.
To help facilitate such a group thinking, we will have one mandatory pre-trip meeting:
There will be a pre-trip meeting in LaMorenita Mexican restaurant in Palo Alto (800 Emerson St) at 7:30pm on Thursday, January 17th - please mark your calendar - it is a mandatory meeting for all.
In this meeting we will get to know each other, make plans for sharing food, etc., and go over the extensive gear list (to be provided shortly to all interested,) and, I will offer a concise introduction to Winter/Snow camping.
To join this trip; please e-mail me with ALL the following information:
name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to know.
Extensive gear list will be provided shortly to all those interested...
The estimated cost for this trip is $150 to cover the cost of
car rental & fuel,
park & camping fess,
group gear (tents, stoves, etc,)
and some group food...
Confirmed participants will need to provide a $150 deposit.
Deposits accepted only via PayPal (NO checks/cash please!)
to help keep track of the money and
to be able to refund the unspent funds after the trip.
All Unused funds will be refunded.
Additionally, you will be responsible for renting your own gear (snow shoes, skis, backpack, sleeping bag, etc.,) and your food as well as dinners on the way to and from Yosemite -
I estimate that this will add another $100 to the cost of the trip.
This is a non-smoking trip - thank you.
If you have had previous winter camping experience and would like to help me organize & lead this trip, please let me know - thanks!
(Unless I get help leading this trip, I will need to limit the number of participant on this trip to ~8-9 people, half typical the number of interested people.)
-igor
igorlandau(at) yahoo(dot) com
Time:
All day event
Location:
Pinnacles National Park
Description:
CANCELLING EVENT due to rainy weather forecast. Will postpone to February
Destination:
Chaparal Ranger Station/West Entrance Pinnacles National Monument
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS, Stanford at 8am
Event Email:
sathishcj[at]gmail[dot]com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
8.4
Total Elevation Gain:
1540
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
From the Ranger station, we begin by climbing into the High Peaks, and the rest of the loop is downhill or flat. Return along the Old Pinnacles and Balconies trails, going over or through the cave. Flashlight required in the cave.
Estimated Finish:
5pm
Total Driving Distance:
120
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
CANCELLING EVENT due to rainy weather forecast. Will postpone to February
Description:
Intro to Winter/Snow Camping in Yosemite
Destination:
Yosemite, CA.
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
There will be a Mandatory Pre-Trip meeting, see details below...
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
4ml
Total Elevation Gain:
little
Difficulty:
moderate but prepare for snow & cold
Route Summary:
We'll Drive to Yosemite and Ski & Snow shoe 4 miles from Badger Pass to Dewey Point where we'll camp for the night.
Estimated Finish:
late Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
170ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
See link to gear list on Googel Docs...
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a perfect trip to pick up basic winter & snow camping skills while enjoying amazing Yosemite Valley views. See pictures from previous trip:
http://naturenomad.smugmug.com/WinterSnowCamping/Yosemite-Dewie-Point-W2011/15507678_ZfBsrv
Tentative itinerary:
Friday, January 25th, we'll meet at 1pm in down town Palo Alto,
pack into car(s) and depart toward Yosemite before rush hour traffic.
Dinner on the way, car camping down in Yosemite Valley on Friday night then,
Saturday Morning drive to Badger Pass and from there ski & snowshoe 4 miles to Dewey Point where we will set camp in the snow for the night.
Sunday, we'll snow shoe / ski back, drive back down to the Valley for dinner and then head home arriving back in the Bay Area late Sunday night.
On this trip you are encouraged to rent & use both snow shoes and XC skis.
We'll be going slowly and I will provide instruction & guidance.
Sat Dinner & Sunday breakfast will be group events -
we'll organize them as a group...
Especially in the challenging Winter environment, we will be replying on each other's support and good judgment to make this trip safe & fun for all.
To help facilitate such a group thinking, we will have one mandatory pre-trip meeting:
There will be a pre-trip meeting in LaMorenita Mexican restaurant in Palo Alto (800 Emerson St) at 7:30pm on Thursday, January 17th - please mark your calendar - it is a mandatory meeting for all.
In this meeting we will get to know each other, make plans for sharing food, etc., and go over the extensive gear list (to be provided shortly to all interested,) and, I will offer a concise introduction to Winter/Snow camping.
To join this trip; please e-mail me with ALL the following information:
name;
e-mail;
Phone #;
physical shape (running, etc.);
Previous multi-day summer backpacking experience;
Any previous Winter/Snow/Cold camping experience;
Snow shoe / XC / BC / downhill skiing experience;
Got car and willing to drive?;
Any unique issues with health/altitude/cold/food/allergies that we need to know.
Extensive gear list will be provided shortly to all those interested...
The estimated cost for this trip is $150 to cover the cost of
car rental & fuel,
park & camping fess,
group gear (tents, stoves, etc,)
and some group food...
Confirmed participants will need to provide a $150 deposit.
Deposits accepted only via PayPal (NO checks/cash please!)
to help keep track of the money and
to be able to refund the unspent funds after the trip.
All Unused funds will be refunded.
Additionally, you will be responsible for renting your own gear (snow shoes, skis, backpack, sleeping bag, etc.,) and your food as well as dinners on the way to and from Yosemite -
I estimate that this will add another $100 to the cost of the trip.
This is a non-smoking trip - thank you.
If you have had previous winter camping experience and would like to help me organize & lead this trip, please let me know - thanks!
(Unless I get help leading this trip, I will need to limit the number of participant on this trip to ~8-9 people, half typical the number of interested people.)
-igor
igorlandau(at) yahoo(dot) com
Description:
Winter/Snow and spring camping season trips ouline
Destination:
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking,Cross Country Ski/Snow Shoe,Winter camping
Activity Distance:
various
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
intro - advance
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Hello fellow nature admirers,
in 2013 I hope (work permitting,) to organize the following trips:
Please Note that for all of these trips, because of the driving involved,
we will need to take Fridays off so planning your vacation excuses now :)
January 25/26/27 - we'll snow shoe & ski on our way to Dewey Point on the edge of Yosemite Valley for awesome views.
(please see upcoming announcement for details...)
February 8/9/10/(and optional 11th.,) we'll snow shoe & ski toward the base of the Mt Lassen Volcano, camp there and then ski back, with an optional extra night at a local Hot Springs & a drive through the Wine Country on our way back. (please see upcoming announcement for details...)
Assuming you are in good physical shape and have had previous summer multi-day backpacking experiences, one of the above two trips will help prepare you for the more challenging Intermediate and Advanced trips to follow;
Intermediate trip #1:
February 22/23/24 we'll be heading back to Lassen Volcanic Park, this time skiing to Cinder Cone Volcano. If you have zero XC skiing experience, please plan to come to one of the Intro trips (above) to practice - its easy.
Additional Indeterminate and Advanced trips will be follow including a potential trip to Crater Lake, Oregon., a Sierra Nevada traverse, Easter Sierra, etc.
Other winter/snow activities may include Igloo building, etc.
In the Spring, we'll go back to Lassen, and there are plans for a backpacking trip to a Death Valley oases, complete with natural Hot Spring! Also, we'll try to climb Mt. Shasta. And, in the late summer, I plan a trip to the Maroon Bells / Continental Divide in the Colorado Rocky Mountains - participants of previous trips will have priority on that trip.
Looking forward to the 2013 camping season!
All interested, please reply to the individual trip postings to be announced shortly...
Finally, those of you who have had previous winter camping experience and would like to help organize & lead this season's trips please contact me - I will really appreciate all your help to keep this amazing community going... - Thanks!
-igor
igorlandau (at) yahoo (dot) com
Location:
Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Organizer:
Craig Ketih
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for SELF-CARPOOL, or 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
moderately strenuous due to distance, elevation gain,primitive trails
Route Summary:
N/A
Estimated Finish:
4-5 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles could be handy although not required
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Start the new year right with some great aerobic exercise to benefit your body and the beauty of nature to feed your soul (or ameliorate any nature deficit disorder you may be experiencing). Teague Hill is a unique MIDPEN open space preserve with the trails having been made by equestrians – lots of people in Woodside have horses. As a result, the trails are primitive in places. This OSP has no trail names, signs, or official maps, and is as near wilderness as you get get this close to civilization. It can also be challenging due to fallen (or falling) trees, trails turned into to creeks and regular creeks being tough to cross and slippery slopes if it’s rained recently. Bring lunch and at least 2 liters of liquid. It would be advisable to wear layered clothing – cool for going up the hills, warm for lunch and going down the hills. In addition, footwear with good deep tread will help on the steep and possibly slippery sections. Have raingear or an umbrella available in case – although right now the forecast looks promising for no rain.
Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out).
Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS.
From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280).
Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point.
Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net,
Location:
Montara, CA
Description:
New Year's Day Coastal Hike
Destination:
MONTARA MOUNTAIN
Organizer:
JANE
Meeting Time and Place:
10:15 AM at trailhead
Event Email:
jkohgami@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
~8-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
1PM
Total Driving Distance:
60
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Feel free to join me in welcoming in 2013 with a hike up the Montara coastline. If the weather holds, as it should, the views from the mountain should be great. Essentially we'll be doing the following hike:
http://www.weekendhike.com/2007/04/montara-mountain-mcnee-ranch-hike.html
with a detour to Grey Whale Cove:
http://www.yelp.com/biz/gray-whale-cove-state-beach-montara
where clothing is optional though preferred ;)
Directions to trailhead:
From the South Bay, take either 101 or 280 up the peninsula,exit on Hwy 92 west and go to Half Moon Bay. At the end of Hwy 92, turn right (north) on Hwy 1, continue on along the ocean for 9-10 miles. About half a mile after you pass
the entrance for Montara State Beach on your left, look for a small parking area with a yellow gate on your right. This is the trailhead. Space is limited, so you may have to make a U-turn and go back down the road and park at the beach. Bring a couple of bucks for parking.
From San Francisco/north: take Hwy 1 south through Pacifica and Devil's Slide, then look for the trailhead as described above.
Description:
If you'd like to ride with me to Jane's hike I'd be glad to have you. Craig Keith clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Destination:
Organizer:
Meeting Time and Place:
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Location:
Patagonian Andes, Argentina
Description:
Mt. FitzRoy / Perito Moreno Glacier
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
22 Miles / 38Km
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Easy-Moderate
Route Summary:
Mt. FitzRoy crossing.
Estimated Finish:
Dec 30th
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
E-Mail for a gear list
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Mt. Fitz Roy
The Fitzroy range with its rugged wilderness and sharp toothed summits offers numerous Well marked trails and jaw-dropping scenery. It straddles the largest glacier ice sheet outside the polar regions. The Park is nothing short of spectacular. Stunningly radiant glaciers and lush valleys are typical hallmarks. It is among the planet’s most accessible and dynamic glacier fields. The centerpiece of this region, apart from Mt. Fitzroy is the superb glacier Perito Moreno. It is a superlative in the world of glaciers. It is 30km long, 5 km wide and 60M high. What makes it stand out is its speed. It advances almost 2 m per day. Calving icebergs constantly.
This area of the patagonian Andes gets much less rain than the Torres del Paine area. Thus it is dry cold and very windy.
Permits are not required to do the Fitzroy trek.
The trek will take three days. The terrain is quite easy and moderate. Almost anyone save a few can complete this trek with the proper clothing and gear.
Regular flights from Buenos Aires to El Calafate International Airport in El Calafate, few kilometers far from this town. Another option from Buenos Aires is International Airport in Río Gallegos (320 Km far from El Calafate). From there, bus lines or taxis to El Calafate through paved route.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in in El Cafate prior to this trip. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
Patagonian Andes, Argentina
Description:
Mt. FitzRoy / Perito Moreno Glacier
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
22 Miles / 38Km
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Easy-Moderate
Route Summary:
Mt. FitzRoy crossing.
Estimated Finish:
Dec 30th
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
E-Mail for a gear list
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Mt. Fitz Roy
The Fitzroy range with its rugged wilderness and sharp toothed summits offers numerous Well marked trails and jaw-dropping scenery. It straddles the largest glacier ice sheet outside the polar regions. The Park is nothing short of spectacular. Stunningly radiant glaciers and lush valleys are typical hallmarks. It is among the planet’s most accessible and dynamic glacier fields. The centerpiece of this region, apart from Mt. Fitzroy is the superb glacier Perito Moreno. It is a superlative in the world of glaciers. It is 30km long, 5 km wide and 60M high. What makes it stand out is its speed. It advances almost 2 m per day. Calving icebergs constantly.
This area of the patagonian Andes gets much less rain than the Torres del Paine area. Thus it is dry cold and very windy.
Permits are not required to do the Fitzroy trek.
The trek will take three days. The terrain is quite easy and moderate. Almost anyone save a few can complete this trek with the proper clothing and gear.
Regular flights from Buenos Aires to El Calafate International Airport in El Calafate, few kilometers far from this town. Another option from Buenos Aires is International Airport in Río Gallegos (320 Km far from El Calafate). From there, bus lines or taxis to El Calafate through paved route.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in in El Cafate prior to this trip. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
Patagonian Andes, Argentina
Description:
Mt. FitzRoy / Perito Moreno Glacier
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
22 Miles / 38Km
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Easy-Moderate
Route Summary:
Mt. FitzRoy crossing.
Estimated Finish:
Dec 30th
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
E-Mail for a gear list
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Mt. Fitz Roy
The Fitzroy range with its rugged wilderness and sharp toothed summits offers numerous Well marked trails and jaw-dropping scenery. It straddles the largest glacier ice sheet outside the polar regions. The Park is nothing short of spectacular. Stunningly radiant glaciers and lush valleys are typical hallmarks. It is among the planet’s most accessible and dynamic glacier fields. The centerpiece of this region, apart from Mt. Fitzroy is the superb glacier Perito Moreno. It is a superlative in the world of glaciers. It is 30km long, 5 km wide and 60M high. What makes it stand out is its speed. It advances almost 2 m per day. Calving icebergs constantly.
This area of the patagonian Andes gets much less rain than the Torres del Paine area. Thus it is dry cold and very windy.
Permits are not required to do the Fitzroy trek.
The trek will take three days. The terrain is quite easy and moderate. Almost anyone save a few can complete this trek with the proper clothing and gear.
Regular flights from Buenos Aires to El Calafate International Airport in El Calafate, few kilometers far from this town. Another option from Buenos Aires is International Airport in Río Gallegos (320 Km far from El Calafate). From there, bus lines or taxis to El Calafate through paved route.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in in El Cafate prior to this trip. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
Patagonian Andes, Argentina
Description:
Mt. FitzRoy / Perito Moreno Glacier
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
22 Miles / 38Km
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Easy-Moderate
Route Summary:
Mt. FitzRoy crossing.
Estimated Finish:
Dec 30th
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
E-Mail for a gear list
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Mt. Fitz Roy
The Fitzroy range with its rugged wilderness and sharp toothed summits offers numerous Well marked trails and jaw-dropping scenery. It straddles the largest glacier ice sheet outside the polar regions. The Park is nothing short of spectacular. Stunningly radiant glaciers and lush valleys are typical hallmarks. It is among the planet’s most accessible and dynamic glacier fields. The centerpiece of this region, apart from Mt. Fitzroy is the superb glacier Perito Moreno. It is a superlative in the world of glaciers. It is 30km long, 5 km wide and 60M high. What makes it stand out is its speed. It advances almost 2 m per day. Calving icebergs constantly.
This area of the patagonian Andes gets much less rain than the Torres del Paine area. Thus it is dry cold and very windy.
Permits are not required to do the Fitzroy trek.
The trek will take three days. The terrain is quite easy and moderate. Almost anyone save a few can complete this trek with the proper clothing and gear.
Regular flights from Buenos Aires to El Calafate International Airport in El Calafate, few kilometers far from this town. Another option from Buenos Aires is International Airport in Río Gallegos (320 Km far from El Calafate). From there, bus lines or taxis to El Calafate through paved route.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in in El Cafate prior to this trip. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
The Patagonian Andes, South America
Description:
The Torres Del Paine Circuit
Destination:
Argentina-Chile
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
62 Miles over 8 days
Total Elevation Gain:
Variable
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous
Route Summary:
The complete Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Estimated Finish:
22-23 December
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
e-mail for a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Torres Del Paine.
This nine day trek is the crown jewel of the Patagonian Andes. It has got everything. Vast open steppes, azure lakes, roaring rivers, emerald forests and radiant blue glaciers.
The centerpiece of this area is the paine massif surrounded by glacier lakes. There are a couple of short dayhikes that get you stunning views of this massif and they should not be missed.
Since this area is closer to southern of South America, climate is of concern. Local weather was extremely unstable. Rain quite common and wind can be quite unrelenting and extremely strong. Most of the wind that is generated in this area come off glaciers. As such, they are cold and very chilling. Hypothermia is a very real problem. Appropriate layered clothing is critical.
Torres Del Paine by no means a remote area. Trekking in this area is highly developed and very much like hiking in Europe. There are shelters called refugios that can be reserved. But we will be camping throughout the backpack. Camping does not need any reservations. However, everyone must be self-sufficient for the duration of the trek as we cannot expect any support from the refugios if we do not reserve a space in them.
There are no trekking permits needed for this trek. However, everyone must pay an entry fee prior to setting out on the trek. Camping is allowed in designated areas and is generally free of charge.
The flight from San Francisco to Buenos Aires takes up to 14 hours. From Buenos Aires, there are flights to Puerto Natales in Chile . Buses from Puerto Natales then take you to the Park Administration.
The Paine Circuit will take eight days and is 61miles (101 km) long. It is a moderate to demanding circuit. Most people do the lot shorter “W”. The “W” is an easier option and covers the main highlight of the park (the paine massif) But this trip itinerary, is for the full length circuit. The full length circuit is truly a spectacular trek. It is also a hard nine day trek. There are a couple of challenging passes and a couple of very long days. You must be in a reasonably good physical condition to participate.
We will be doing the circuit counterclockwise. If you are not in good physical shape you have the option of starting the trek clockwise and completing just the “W”.
If you need help with your gear I can help you assemble the requisite gear for this trip. You are however, responsible for all your gear, transportation, financial commitment, and safety.
We can meet in Buenos Aires or in Puerto Natales or even at the park headquarters. Bring a phone with a local call capability.
For a taste of what you can expect on this track, go to the following link:
Please respond ASAP if you are interested. As planning and logistics need time. …
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
Death Valley
Description:
Telescope & Wildrose Peak & Dunes
Destination:
Death Valley
Organizer:
Maria Jabon
Meeting Time and Place:
Wed night or Thurs morning
Event Email:
mjabon1@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
11 miles per day
Total Elevation Gain:
2000-3000
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
We will leave the Bay area most likely early Thursday, car camp near Telescope Peak, hike Telescope Peak on Friday, get up very early and hike Rose peak, then drive to the dunes for sunset on Saturday. We will climb them Saturday and optionally Sunday morning, then drive home.
Estimated Finish:
Sunday night
Total Driving Distance:
900
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
400 (to be shared equally amongst all participants)
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
4L
Other things to bring:
cold weather gear
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
We are heading to Death Valley for Thanksgiving. Please reply to me with:
1. When can you leave?
2. Can you drive?
3. Past hiking experience
4. Do you have a car we can use? What kind?
We may rent a 4wd car and split the cost if no one has a 4 wd to use.
Location:
Castle Rock State Park
Description:
Castle Rock State Park Hike
Destination:
Saratoga CA.
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
9:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:00 AM at ( https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Unknown+road&hl=en&sll=37.231302,-122.095914&sspn=0.010849,0.019612&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFVgYOAIdnPi4-A&oq=Palo&mra=ls&t=m&z=11)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
8 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
800ft
Difficulty:
Easy does it
Route Summary:
Main Entrance > Saratoga gap trail > Ridge trail > Saratoga Gap trail > Main Entrance
Estimated Finish:
4:00PM
Total Driving Distance:
50
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is one of the more scenic hikes in the Santa Cruz mountains.
Usually, the Santa cruz mountain hikes are shall we say, viewless. This one however has some of the more panoramic views.
Unlike my usual fare, this hike is going to be short. It is purposefully short as it is a training hike for the Patagonia crew. So, if you are on my Torres Del Paine full circuit trek, this hike is Mandatory. Besides meeting your fellow trekkers, you will be instructed on and will be required to demonstrate a few backcountry skills that may become necessary on the full Torres Del Paine Circuit.
Please bring a lunch and something to drink.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Vista Point on the north end of GG bridge
Description:
"The Classic "Marin Headlands Loop"
Destination:
Marin Headlands
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at the Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:30 AM at the Vista point parking lot just north of the Golden gate bridge (http://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Hwy+101+North+of+the,+Golden+Gate+Bridge,+San+Francisco,+California+%28Vista+Point+Overlook%29&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFZRGQQIdMBuz-CGRx8z5TxG5nQ&hl=en&mra=ls&sll=37.83209,-122.474341&sspn=0.019252,0.024419&ie=UTF8&ll=37.830599,-122.481723&spn=0.019253,0.024419&z=15)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5miles, 10 Miles, 15 miles, 20+miles
Total Elevation Gain:
300 ft, 800 ft, 1500 ft and 5600ft
Difficulty:
Easy to Strenuous
Route Summary:
This will be a complete loop of the Marin Headlands with an Ice
cream stop in Sausalito. A trail description is thus not important.
Estimated Finish:
5 miles(12noon), 10 miles (2PM), 15 miles (3:30PM) and 20+ miles (6:30PM) all at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
85
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket is essential
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Okay Hikers!
Here is a Marin Hike for everyone! This hike is such a
Classic that I do it 3-4 times a year. I routed this hike such that it will
be suitable for individuals of all capabilities and persuasions. There is a 5
mile section for the casual walkers who want that perfect view of the city and return to their chores.
There is a 10 mile version for those who want to mix up the city views with
a beach, a 15 mile version for those who are panorama junkies and of course the ultimate 20+ miler for those who think pain is the best analgesic.:-).
If you are a visitor to the bay area, this hike is a must. For the sheer
variety of views one gets on this hike and views of SF city and the
surrounding area, there is nowhere better.
Initially you see ever improving views of the city. Then the Golden gate
area, followed by lovely expanses of the Pacific, the undulating headlands
and finally, the Sausalito area and the inner bay. We will stop in Sausalito for an ice cream before finishing the hike.
You can leave this hike at anytime you want. I will provide maps and
directions for those wanting to leave early. So, if you are in for the
shorter versions, you do not have to prepare too much.
If you are in it for the long haul, water is critical. On
this loop there is no place to fill-upon water except 3 miles into the hike. After that there is no water, please do not show-up with less than 3 liters. In addition, you must have some sort of electrolyte replenishment. Muscle cramps are painful!
Please eat a good breakfast and bring a good lunch. It will be a long
day...Your pace is not that important but your endurance is important. Be
ready to complete the distance.
If you own a camera, do bring it. The views on this hike are memorable indeed. Please bring a headlamp. I do not think we will need it but on a hike this long, an injury could necessitate headlamps.
The great thing about doing a hike of this length and difficulty is that
you feel a great sense of accomplishment at the end. You can justify that
hefty dinner after the hike.
A pleasant attitude, lots of smiles and accolades for your organizer will
be highly appreciated!:-)
NOTE*- You MUST RSVP for this hike. If you cannot RSVP, please make sure to
call and confirm. If you are not sure of going, RSVP anyway. You can always
cancel.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Woodside, CA
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for self carpool, or 11:00AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you will be coming from the Stanford area and would be willing to stop by P&TS I'd appreciate your letting me know, so that I can assure someone that absolutely needs a ride that one will be available. Thanks so much!
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000ft.
Difficulty:
pretty strenuous due to the elevation gain and primitive trails
Route Summary:
Not applicable as no trail names (see below)
Estimated Finish:
5 PM est only
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the waning months of the year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. I'm going to leave the route unspecied at this point - we can do the route I did last month which I liked, or we can elect to do something different. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wwavier), GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine!
Leader: Craig Keith, 408/227-0196, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net;
Location:
Purisima Creek OSP, Latitude 37°27'0.71"N Longitude 122°20'19.22"W, Redwood City, CA
Description:
A 9.5 mile hike at Purisima Creek Open Space Preserve
The hike will start about 12 pm, from the Purisima Open Space parking lot by Skyline Blvd. We will be doing the traditional North Ridge - Whittemore Gulch - Purisima Creek- Soda Gulch - Harkin's Ridge loop.
Estimated Finish:
5 pm
Total Driving Distance:
28
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
8,4
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
I plan to organize this in conjunction with Bay Area Ridge Trail. See http://www.meetup.com/hiking-594/events/87654092/ for the hike information at the
BART site. If you are a member of meetup, you can sign up at the site. If not,
let me know if you are coming and I will add you to the list. I will need to
get a permit for the hike and will need an approximate count.
As usual, P&TS is the carpool location. I will be going directly to the park,
but I will try to have some one at P&TS to co-ordinate.
HIKE ROUTE AND DESCRIPTION
The hike will start about 12 pm, from the Purisima Open Space parking lot by
Skyline Blvd. I expect the hike to take around 5 hours, so we should be back at
the parking lot by 5 pm or so. We will be doing the traditional North Ridge -
Whittemore Gulch - Purisima Creek - Soda Gulch - Harkin's Ridge loop. In a way,
this is a very straight forward hike. None of your usual up-down-up-down stuff
here. The Skyline Blvd parking lot is at 2000 feet. We take North Ridge and
Whittemore Gulch trails (together 3.3 miles) to get down to the parking lot by
Purisima Creek road. We would have descented to 600 ft by then. From here we
take Purisima Creek trail (2.4 miles) which is mostly flat and meet up with
Soda Gulch trail at 1000 ft. We continue on Soda Gulch trail and Haskin's Ridge
trail (they are part of the Bay Area Ridge trail) to get back to the parking
lot. These 2 combine for a distance of 3.8 miles and elevation gain of 1000 ft.
Here is a nice map of the trails : http://www.openspace.org/preserves/maps/pr_purisima.pdf
If you are wondering what to expect on the hike, hmmm, let's see - some nice
views, lots of tall trees and a big creek. And yeah, conversation, and lots of
it. The parts of the hike near the top offer expansive views of the hills and
the ocean. As we go down we get into thickly forested area, full of redwoods
and firs (and oaks and madrones). We will be walking alongside a creek (I will
let you guess its name) when we are on the Purisima Creek trail. And as
far as shade/no shade goes, about 80-85% of the hike will be shaded. If you
want to get a whole bunch of info about the park and see some photos, you may
peruse the bayarea hiker site - http://www.bahiker.com/southbayhikes/purisima.html
Afterwards we may do a relaxing dinner. I will confirm this closer to the hike.
If we do, we will hit Waterfront Pizza, in Foster City. It is a Lebanese Pizza
place, and they make some pretty good pizzas.
Any questions, feel free to contact me at snkabraham [at] yahoo.com
Time:
8:00am - 12:00pm
Location:
Fremont, CA
Description:
Mission Peak Hike
Destination:
Mission Peak Regional Preserve
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) self organized carpool) or 9:00AM at the Mission peak parking lot (https://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Stanford+Ave&geocode=%3BFbJFPAIdRNO7-A&aq=0&oq=Palo+&sll=37.504534,-121.906164&sspn=0.010299,0.019548&vpsrc=0&hl=en&mra=ls&ie=UTF8&t=m&z=12)
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6ml
Total Elevation Gain:
2400 ft
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Stanford road parking lot > Summit > Parking lot
Estimated Finish:
noon
Total Driving Distance:
40
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
12
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
This hike is getting popular at this club. Well, it presents a good Sunday morning training stretch yet leaving the rest of the day to get things done (or rest).
The hike itself is quite straightforward. There is a wide fire road all the way to the summit. You will not get lost. In addition, you can turn back whenever you want to. In other words, you can hike up to your capability and stop when you have had enough.
Please bring jacket since the summit can be cold.
-Ilya.
email: katsnelson @ gmail-com
Ph: 323 356 7293
Location:
Henry Coe State park
Description:
The extended Sizer loop
Destination:
Gilroy, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:45AM at the Henry Coe state park headquarters (https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=E+Dunne+Ave&hl=en&sll=37.186519,-121.545814&sspn=0.010342,0.019548&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFeJrNwId0FfB-A&oq=Palo+Alto,+CA&mra=ls&t=m&z=11)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
Variable: 5, 10 and 16+ mile options
Total Elevation Gain:
4500 ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy.
Route Summary:
Headquarters > Hobbs road > Frog lake trail > Hobbs road > SIzer shortcut > Sizer > Black oak spring > Rock house ridge > The Narrows > China Hole > Manzanita.
Estimated Finish:
6:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
110 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
It has been a while since I the last time I have been to my most favorite park in the bay area. So, here we go...
There is a little bit for everyone on this hike. There is a 5 mile turnaround for folks wanting to do chores for the rest of saturday, there is a 10 mile turnaround for those who want to start dipping into the sauce a bit early and then there is the 16+ mile loop for those pain lovers among us.
I will have maps for those turning around early and the return will be quite straightforward. The description that follows will be for the full loop.
The full loop will go to the summit of Mt. Sizer and return via a large loop that will take in the Narrows. During late fall, we will probably see a lot of Tarantulas.
Henry Coe has classic California desert vegetation (Chapparral). Lots of Oak trees and grassland.
It is the closest thing to wilderness you will experience in the bay area.
So, Lace up and meet us there.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Fremont, CA
Description:
Mission Peak Hike
Destination:
Fremont ,CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) self organized carpool) or 9:30AM at the Mission peak parking lot (https://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Stanford+Ave&geocode=%3BFbJFPAIdRNO7-A&aq=0&oq=Palo+&sll=37.504534,-121.906164&sspn=0.010299,0.019548&vpsrc=0&hl=en&mra=ls&ie=UTF8&t=m&z=12)
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
2400 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Stanford road parking lot > Summit > Parking lot
Estimated Finish:
11:30AM
Total Driving Distance:
40
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
A jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Please join us for a quick jaunt up the Mission peak so, you can
have the rest of your Sunday for chores....
Good exercise, good views, good people and lots of smog filled air!
The hike itself is quite straightforward. There is a wide fire road all the
way to the summit. You will not get lost. In addition, you can turn back
whenever you want to. In other words, you can hike up to your capability
and stop when you have had enough.
This could be a family thing too. You can drag your whole kit' n' kaboodle
on this one.
Please bring a jacket as the summit may be cold....
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Time:
All day event
Location:
Point Reyes National Seashore
Description:
Point Reyes National Seashore Hike.
Destination:
Point Reyes National Seashore
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
7:45AM at STanford P&TS. 10:00 AM at Bear Valley Visitor Center
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6, 12, 14+
Total Elevation Gain:
2000+
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Bear Valley Visitor -> Mt. Wittenberg -> Sky -> Coastal Trail -> Fire Lane -> Horse Tr -> Beer Valley Visitor.
There will be three options to do this loop with different lengths.
6ml, 13ml, and 15ml
Estimated Finish:
5PM
Total Driving Distance:
140
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
48
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Point Reyes is one of my favorite places in the Bay Area - it usually has nice weather, expansive views, tasty cheese and mushrooms. It had just recently celebrated its 50th anniversary. This presents a good opportunity to go there and enjoy it in the Autumn season. Well, not really, but the anniversary makes for a good excuse.
This hike would have 3 options with different mileages. You can either turn around at some point, or skip sections and wait for the rest of the group at the next junction. Either way the weather should be nice for a fine hike. Still, October is here so bring a jacket.
RSVP is not required, but highly recommended.
Note: the members of the Chile trip - we can discuss the upcoming trip, train, and I can show you the knots.
e-mail: katsnelson @ gmail.com
Ph: 323 356 7293 (at the day of the hike)
Location:
Golden Gate park, San Francisco
Description:
Hardly Strictly Bluegrass Festival
Destination:
San Francisco, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
Stanford PT&S at 9:00AM (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:30AM at the Dutch windmill on the west end of golden gate park.(https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Ggp+Access+Rd&hl=en&ll=37.641422,-122.314224&spn=0.34526,0.659866&sll=37.769587,-122.509553&sspn=0.005385,0.01031&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFX5TQAIdYqey-A&oq=palo&mra=ls&t=m&z=11)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5 miles maybe
Total Elevation Gain:
100 ft.(If you insist)
Difficulty:
Walk in the park, eat, drink, listen to music. How difficult can that be?
Route Summary:
GG park for music and Land's end for the Airshow?
Estimated Finish:
6:00PM
Total Driving Distance:
80
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
I Love Bluegrass!!! Its a calorie burner!. Its old school techno. Its country music on overdrive (I know I am gonna get a lot of flak over this). Bluegrass is really lively and fun to listen and dance to. Don't forget your dancing shoes.
The Hardly Bluegrass festival is one of the finest free music festivals in San francisco with a strong lineup of bands on six stages. Lots of choice from various styles of Bluegrass. For more info, please go to the following website:
http://www.hardlystrictlybluegrass.com/
After a few hours of music, if we are up to it. we can take a long walk to land's end to watch the fleet week airshow.
The upcoming weekend is chaos weekend in SF. There are six major events taking place in the city. Traffic will be gnarly at best. I looked into taking the train into the city but the time spent on the train and the walk to GG is too long. So, I think driving is practical as long as we go to the ocean beach area to park and walk a couple of miles to the park.
So, plug your ears, work up an appetite, bring a sunny smile, and
let's have rockin' saturday!
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060.
Time:
10:30am - 5:00pm
Location:
Teague Hill, Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Organizer:
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30AM at P&TS for self-carpool, OR 11:00AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you will be driving from the Stanford area and would be willing to offer a ride, or if you will need a ride, please contact me so I can possibly co-ordinate and provide assurance. Thank you!
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
Stenuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive and steep trails
Route Summary:
Not applicable - no trial names
Estimated Finish:
5PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles RT
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles if you use them.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the waning months of the year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. We’ll do a route I've never led before THAT WILL INCLUDE SOME STEEP SECTIONS BOTH UP AND DOWN that will include squeezing our way through some manzanita. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work - but do watch out for parking restrictions on some streets. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier), GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Event covers 7-10 miles miles, with 1800-3000 feet of elevation.
Location:
Point Reyes National Seashore
Description:
we'll hike Bass Lake & Alamere Falls Hike with optional swimming
Destination:
Bass Lake & Alamere Falls
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
9am at Fraiche Yogurt, 200 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto. or 11 at: Palomarin Trailhead...
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking,Beach
Activity Distance:
4-5ml
Total Elevation Gain:
500ft
Difficulty:
easy
Route Summary:
Starting at the Palomarin Trailhead we'll hike to Bass Lake for an Optional Swim
then Alamere Falls, then back.
Some may want to have dinner in SF on the way back...
Estimated Finish:
4-5pm
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
TBD
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
This weekend is likely to be the last hot & sunny weekend in 2012.
It may be warm enough to swim, and Bass Lake is the place to be.
CAUTION: the swimming activity is OPTIONAL.
If you are not a good swimmer you should come just for the hike and views.
There is NO Lifeguard at Bass Lake - you are 100% responsible for yourself.
Those of you who are good swimmers and are comfortable with water,
expect a lot of fun, see:
https://www.google.com/search?q=bass+lake+point+reyes&hl=en&prmd=imvns&tbm=isch&tbo=u&source=univ&sa=X&ei=uhhlUNXVA9DliQLIuIGIDw&ved=0CDcQsAQ&biw=1235&bih=973&sei=IBllUKedJuqSiQLEioHgDQ
Bass Lake has an awesome swing!
And your are encourages to bring a light inflatable to float around the lake.
Bring plenty of water, warm clothes for the morning & evening,
swimwear, small towel, optional inflatable pool mattress/chair.
Food, good hiking shoes, camera, etc.
Questions?
contact met at: 65zero three87-5083
igorlandau((at)))yahoo(dt)com
We are meeting at 9am on Sunday the 30th at:
Fraiche Yogurt; 200 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301
Directions to Palomarin Trailhead link:
https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Unknown+road&hl=en&sll=37.929982,-122.73325&sspn=0.029551,0.03665&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFTLUQgId3gav-A&gl=us&mra=ls&t=m&z=10
Location:
Sweeney Ridge Substitution
Description:
Cascade Ranch to Chalk MountainPOSTPONED-EVENING HIKE SUBSTITUTION
Destination:
Cascade Ranch (Ano Nuevo)
Organizer:
Jane
Meeting Time and Place:
4PM at P&TS (http://www.outdoorcardinals.org/pnts.shtml) SELF-ORGANIZED*; 4:25 at trailhead
Event Email:
jkohgami (at) gmail (dot) com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5-6
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
6:30PM depends on you
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
headlamp/flashlight if you are slow
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Apologies for the late notice but I will have to postpone my original hike.
I can however offer an alternative sunset hike for Sunday. Sweeney
Ridge has incredible views of the Pacific and is a great place for
evening walks esp. on warmer days.
SUBSTITUTE SUNDAY EVENING 9/3O HIKE
Details:
Sweeney Ridge: http://www.nps.gov/goga/planyourvisit/upload/sb-sweeney-2008.pdf
Location meeting: Sneath Lane entrance
http://www.yelp.com/map/sweeney-ridge-san-bruno
START: 4:30 PM sharp, Finish: 6-6:30PM
Distance: 5-6 miles
Essentially, we'll be doing the following:
http://www.bahiker.com/southbayhikes/sweeney.html
No need to RSVP although appreciated: jkohgami (at) gmail (dot) com
Please note, the pace will probably be brisk but I may have a small dog with me.
Thanks and enjoy your weekend!
Directions from South Bay:
From Interstate 280,
Take exit 41 to merge onto CA-35 N/State Route 35 N toward Skyline
Blvd/Pacifica 2.1 mi
Turn left onto Sneath Ln377 ft
Take the 1st left onto Monterey Dr404 ft
Take the 1st right onto Amador Ave0.4 mi
Location:
Polk Street and Jackson street
Description:
Blues festival, San Francisco
Destination:
San Francisco, Fort mason.
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
Stanford PT&S at 9:00AM http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:30AM at the Greens restaurant Fort Mason in San Francisco http://www.greensrestaurant.com/directions/directions)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6-8 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
It is the city folks!
Difficulty:
Eat, Drink, listen to music. Now, how hard could that be???
Route Summary:
Fort mason > Golden gate > Polk Street.
Estimated Finish:
Whenever you need to leave.
Total Driving Distance:
80
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
I Love the Blues!!! It soothes my soul (not sure if I have one):-). Blues festivals are simply great! Lots of live bands playing their own signature style of blues. Just about all modern forms of music have their foundations in the blues. From it delta blues origins as the music of the slaves in the south to the modern rockabilly style, the Blues have the power to stir emotions as very few other forms of music can.
http://www.PolkStreetBluesFestival.com/
So, I would like to invite you to join me at the Polk Blues festival on what seems to be weatherwise a wonderful saturday.
The festival is free. I thought we might as well make a good walk out of it to get up a good appetite before we hit the festival food stands.
From Fort Mason, we can walk up to Golden gate and walk through the city to Polk and Jackson to join the festival.
So, clean out your ears, work up an appetite, bring a sunny smile, and let's Rock!
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060.
Location:
Fremont, CA
Description:
Mission Peak
Destination:
Fremont, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) self organized carpool) or 9:30AM at the Mission peak parking lot (https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Ohlone+Wilderness+Trail&hl=en&ll=37.447061,-121.944122&spn=0.335805,0.602875&sll=37.50387,-121.901765&sspn=0.017976,0.02871&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFWpGPAIdY967-A&oq=Palo+Alto&mra=ls&t=m&z=11)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
2400 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Stanford road parking lot > Summit > Parking lot
Estimated Finish:
12:30PM
Total Driving Distance:
40
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
1L
Other things to bring:
A jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
please join us for a quick jaunt up the Mission peak so, you can have the rest of your Sunday for chores....
Good exercise, good views, good people and lots of smog filled air!
The hike itself is quite straightforward. There is a wide fire road all the
way to the summit. You will not get lost. In addition, you can turn back
whenever you want to. In other words, you can hike up to your capability
and stop when you have had enough.
This could be a family thing too. You can drag your whole kit' n' kaboodle
on this one.
Please bring a jacket as the summit may be cold....
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Tahoe National Forest
Description:
Castle Peak Wilderness Loop
Destination:
Tahoe National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
7:00 PM at P&TS
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
16.5
Total Elevation Gain:
1500
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Pacific Crest Trail -> Warren Lake Trail
Estimated Finish:
8PM
Total Driving Distance:
436
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
159.6
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
The PCT combined with a 1-mile stretch of abandoned jeep road provides a well-graded route to island-dotted Paradise Lake, one of the most picturesque subalpine lakes in the greater Tahoe area.
In this trip we start on Friday to camp at the Goose Meadows campground. This will let us to have the early start and get some altitude acclimatization.
On Saturday, we park the cars and head on PCT towards Paradise Lake.
Sunday we go passed Warren lake and continue on Warren Lake trail back.
1. I'll provide the detailed gear list to the participants.
2. This isn't a technically difficult trip, so if you are interested in all this backpacking activity it may be a good time to try. However, having good physical shape will be beneficial.
3. Let me know your level of outdoor experience if you are interested.
4. As a leader I reserve the right to change the route in case of unsafe conditions.
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
159.6
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
The PCT combined with a 1-mile stretch of abandoned jeep road provides a well-graded route to island-dotted Paradise Lake, one of the most picturesque subalpine lakes in the greater Tahoe area.
In this trip we start on Friday to camp at the Goose Meadows campground. This will let us to have the early start and get some altitude acclimatization.
On Saturday, we park the cars and head on PCT towards Paradise Lake.
Sunday we go passed Warren lake and continue on Warren Lake trail back.
1. I'll provide the detailed gear list to the participants.
2. This isn't a technically difficult trip, so if you are interested in all this backpacking activity it may be a good time to try. However, having good physical shape will be beneficial.
3. Let me know your level of outdoor experience if you are interested.
4. As a leader I reserve the right to change the route in case of unsafe conditions.
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
159.6
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
The PCT combined with a 1-mile stretch of abandoned jeep road provides a well-graded route to island-dotted Paradise Lake, one of the most picturesque subalpine lakes in the greater Tahoe area.
In this trip we start on Friday to camp at the Goose Meadows campground. This will let us to have the early start and get some altitude acclimatization.
On Saturday, we park the cars and head on PCT towards Paradise Lake.
Sunday we go passed Warren lake and continue on Warren Lake trail back.
1. I'll provide the detailed gear list to the participants.
2. This isn't a technically difficult trip, so if you are interested in all this backpacking activity it may be a good time to try. However, having good physical shape will be beneficial.
3. Let me know your level of outdoor experience if you are interested.
4. As a leader I reserve the right to change the route in case of unsafe conditions.
7:30AM at P&TS (self organized carpool) 8AM at Ohlone College Parking lot
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6ml
Total Elevation Gain:
1400+
Difficulty:
reasonable
Route Summary:
Bay Area Ridge Tr -> Peak Tr -> Bay Area Ridge Tr
Estimated Finish:
noon
Total Driving Distance:
50
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
15
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
poles
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
This would be a simple Sunday morning hike just to stretch some muscles and keep up that shape.
Please note that the starting point is at the Ohlone College parking lot, not the main Stanford Ave entrance. So come along, you can do at any pace you want and/or turn around at any point. There may be some home-made Thai food afterwards.
Leaving Seattle on September 10th or 11th and be back in SF on 16th
Destination:
National and state parks along the way
Organizer:
Benedikt
Meeting Time and Place:
Downtown or Airport Seattle. Vancouver may be possible too
Event Email:
benedikt@stanford.edu
Activities Involved:
Hiking,Backpacking,Beach
Activity Distance:
max. 15 miles per day
Total Elevation Gain:
max. 4000 feet / day
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
I'm bringing a car back from Vancouver or Seattle to Palo Alto. Planned start is around September 10th (+/-1 day) and I've to be back on September 16th, although I may try to extend that to a few days later. The plan is to drive southwards in not that a direct route that brings us through some scenic parts of the western USA. If time and motivation permits we'd stop a few times on the way and go for some hikes. Besides the start and end date there is total flexibility and plans will be made together once the participants are known so that everybody can enjoy the trip the most. Max group size is 4, limited by the space of the car.
Write me an e-mail (benedikt@stanford.edu) if you're interested or have any questions!
Estimated Finish:
Afternoon Sept 16th
Total Driving Distance:
800+ Miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
400
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
maps, ideas where to go
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
I'm bringing a car back from Vancouver or Seattle to Palo Alto. Planned start is around September 10th (+/-1 day) and I've to be back on September 16th, although I may try to extend that to a few days later. The plan is to drive southwards in not that a direct route that brings us through some scenic parts of the western USA. If time and motivation permits we'd stop a few times on the way and go for some hikes. Besides the start and end date there is total flexibility and plans will be made together once the participants are known so that everybody can enjoy the trip the most. Max group size is 4, limited by the space of the car.
Write me an e-mail (benedikt@stanford.edu) if you're interested or have any questions!
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Woodside
Description:
Hiking up to King's Mountain Art Fair through Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
King's Mountain Art Fair via Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
8:30 AM at P&TS for self-carpool OR 9:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. I'd appreciate anyone willing to give a ride or needing a ride from P&TS contacting me so I might be able to help co-ordinate or reassure. Thanks!
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1000 feet
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
NA
Estimated Finish:
3-4PM
Total Driving Distance:
10
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles if you use them.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
It’s time once again to get some culture and appreciate some beautiful art at the King’s Mountain Art Fair. It seems I always end up buying something as the artwork is so outstanding!
To avoid the parking and traffic hassles – and to get some good exercise – we will hike up to the fair through Teague Hill OSP. Teague Hill is very wilderness-like so will, I believe, do a good job of preparing your soul for the exquisite art at the fair. We’ll be doing about 5 miles round trip with about 1000 feet of elevation gain. We’ll go at a pace that I believe everyone will be able to handle. Wear layered clothing, cool for going up the hill, and then possibly something warmer for coming down the hill. I’ll be bringing my lunch with me – you’re welcome to do the same – or you can buy lunch and beverages there. Do bring enough liquid to get you up and down the hill – I’d suggest 2 liters. Also, of course, bring money in case something grabs you that you’d like to take home with you. Our return time will be decided by the group. Leader: Craig Keith, 408-227-0196, cell (day of the event only please) 408-833-0955, clkeith9@sbcglobal.net. I’d be happy to offer a ride to anyone wanting to come up with me from South San Jose or possibly some other point along the way
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Pinedale, Wyoming
Description:
The Wind River Range Backpack
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
60 Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
9000 + feet
Difficulty:
Strenuous but healthy! (think about all those pounds you are gonna shed :-))
Route Summary:
This will be a loop trek through the northern wind river range.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
E-mail the organizer for a gear list
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Wyoming’s Wind River range! Popularly called the “winds” This is part of the long Rocky Mountain chain. A smorgasbord of Alpine and Sub-Alpine wilderness. This range is known for some of the most spectacular scenery in the Northern Rockies
As the National parks are increasingly getting mobbed by picnickers, I chose this relatively little known area for the Labor day excursion.
If you are into Stunning open vistas and Alpine lakes, this is your trip. The wind river range caters to every whim, From day picnickers to Alpine climbers visit the range. However, as always it takes work to experience a slice of heaven. For a sampling of what you can expect, please go to the following links:
This will be an 8-day backpack through the most scenic parts of Wyoming’s Wind River range. We will be walking for about 60 miles in varied terrain and about 9000 ft elevation gain. There will be all kinds of experiences on this trip. From walking through lush meadows to crossing snowfields. However, no technical gear will be needed on this trip. For about 50% of the length of this backpack, we will be above treeline. The scenery will be highly rewarding for the effort.
The following tentative itinerary is proposed:
Friday Aug 31: Fly SFO>Salt Lake, rent a vehicle and find accommodations
Saturday Sep1st: Drive to the trailhead and start the backpack.
Sep 1st – Sep7th: Backpack the Titcomb basin Loop.
Sep 8th : Drive back to Salt Lake.
Sep 9th: Fly back to SFO
I will collect a deposit for this trip and there will be a mandatory gear check .
In addition, all participants will be required to go on a training dayhike.
See ya there :-)
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Teague Hill, Woodside
Description:
hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for self-carpool OR 11 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. I'd appreciate it if those planning to drive or ride from P&TS would contact me so I can co-ordinate especially for those needing rides.
Event Email:
clkeith@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
Not applicable (see below)
Estimated Finish:
5 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Hiking poles if you use them
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the New Year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. We’ll do a route I haven’t done in awhile – and definitely different than last month, and may again include some exiting and challenging cross-country. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone, 408-227-0196, otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Event covers 7-10 miles miles, with 1800-3000 feet of elevation.
Location:
Yosemite National Park
Description:
Vogelsang-Merced Lake High Sierra Loop
Destination:
Yosemite National Park
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
Approximately 35 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3500 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate for a Backpack
Route Summary:
Tuolumne Meadows > Vogelsang > Merced > Tenaya.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Please e-mail me for a gear list if you are Interested.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Yosemite NP! One of the finest addresses on the North American continent.
This backpack will take us through the finest sections of the High Sierra. Vogelsang and the Merced High Sierra camps are two of the finest in the park. This backpack will require moderate effort and at around 11000 ft, high altitude effects can be an issue. Thus it is not recommended for beginners. Take a look at these images to get an idea of
what to expect in terms of scenery.
The scenery of the High Sierra are truly awesome to behold. If you are willing to put in the effort required to get there, the rewards make you feel incredibly good to be alive!
We will leave the bay area on Friday evening on the 24th of August and camp
at the Tuolumne backpacker campground in Yosemite. The next morning we will
pick up the permits and start the backpack.
From Tuolumne, we will backpack to Vogelsang. We will camp at Vogelsang for the night and the next morning, backpack to Merced lake through Vogelsang pass. The next day we will backpack out through Tenanya lake.
If you are interested, please e-mail me for a gear list.
The memories will last you a lifetime!
See Ya There
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Yosemite National Park
Description:
Vogelsang-Merced Lake High Sierra Loop
Destination:
Yosemite National Park
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
Approximately 35 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3500 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate for a Backpack
Route Summary:
Tuolumne Meadows > Vogelsang > Merced > Tenaya.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Please e-mail me for a gear list if you are Interested.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Yosemite NP! One of the finest addresses on the North American continent.
This backpack will take us through the finest sections of the High Sierra. Vogelsang and the Merced High Sierra camps are two of the finest in the park. This backpack will require moderate effort and at around 11000 ft, high altitude effects can be an issue. Thus it is not recommended for beginners. Take a look at these images to get an idea of
what to expect in terms of scenery.
The scenery of the High Sierra are truly awesome to behold. If you are willing to put in the effort required to get there, the rewards make you feel incredibly good to be alive!
We will leave the bay area on Friday evening on the 24th of August and camp
at the Tuolumne backpacker campground in Yosemite. The next morning we will
pick up the permits and start the backpack.
From Tuolumne, we will backpack to Vogelsang. We will camp at Vogelsang for the night and the next morning, backpack to Merced lake through Vogelsang pass. The next day we will backpack out through Tenanya lake.
If you are interested, please e-mail me for a gear list.
Saturday 9:00AM. RSVP and I'll send you the meeting place.
Event Email:
travelling.erez@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
13 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1030
Difficulty:
Medium
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
21:00 back at the bay area
Total Driving Distance:
334
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
110
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
2 Lunches, breakfast, dinner, camping and cooking gear, etc.
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Come join me doing a 13 mile loop on the Crabtree trail in the Emigrant Wilderness and Stanislaus national forest.
We'll drive to Pinecrest lake, get the camping permit, and hike 6 miles visiting a couple of lakes on our way to Piute Meadow where we'll set up camp.
The next day we'll hike through Pine Valley, passing Grouse Lake.
Pets are welcome. We will have at least one (very small) dog in our group.
Here's a description of a much larger trip into the area with some photos:
http://www.backpackinglight.com/cgi-bin/backpackinglight/forums/thread_display.html?forum_thread_id=16654
I won't go if the weather is bad.
If you'd like to come, please send me your cell phone-number and whether you can bring a car.
Location:
Yosemite National Park
Description:
Vogelsang-Merced Lake High Sierra Loop
Destination:
Yosemite National Park
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
Approximately 35 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3500 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate for a Backpack
Route Summary:
Tuolumne Meadows > Vogelsang > Merced > Tenaya.
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
N/A
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Please e-mail me for a gear list if you are Interested.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Yosemite NP! One of the finest addresses on the North American continent.
This backpack will take us through the finest sections of the High Sierra. Vogelsang and the Merced High Sierra camps are two of the finest in the park. This backpack will require moderate effort and at around 11000 ft, high altitude effects can be an issue. Thus it is not recommended for beginners. Take a look at these images to get an idea of
what to expect in terms of scenery.
The scenery of the High Sierra are truly awesome to behold. If you are willing to put in the effort required to get there, the rewards make you feel incredibly good to be alive!
We will leave the bay area on Friday evening on the 24th of August and camp
at the Tuolumne backpacker campground in Yosemite. The next morning we will
pick up the permits and start the backpack.
From Tuolumne, we will backpack to Vogelsang. We will camp at Vogelsang for the night and the next morning, backpack to Merced lake through Vogelsang pass. The next day we will backpack out through Tenanya lake.
If you are interested, please e-mail me for a gear list.
The memories will last you a lifetime!
See Ya There
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Woodside
Description:
hike in Teague Hill OSP, just a little shorter and slower
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
8 AM at P&TS for self-carpool, or 8:30 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. I'd aprreciate it if those driving from the Stanford area and willing to stop by P&TS, and those possibly needing a ride would contact me so I can co-ordinate this.
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5-7 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1000-1500 ft.
Difficulty:
just moderately strenuous
Route Summary:
Not applicable
Estimated Finish:
11:30 AM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
This will be a slower shorter hike in Teague Hill for those who haven't felt up to doing my "regular" hikes in Teague Hill. Teague Hill has no trail signs and no trail names. The trails were made by equestrians. They are quite primitive in places, and we also get to deal often with fallen trees across the trail. But because of this and the multitude of tall redwoods, madrones, and ferns and manzanita, it is very close to untouched wilderness. It's unique being so close to civilization. There will still be some elevation gain and primitive trails. If the parking lot at the Woodside Elementary School is full, parking on streets in the area might work - although beware of some restrictions. If Woodside Road is closed, we will meet at the Woodside Town Hall. Leader: Craig Keith, 408-227-0196, cell 408-833-0955 (day of the hike only please), clkeith9@sbcglobal.net This is also being listed with the Sierra Club such that you may be asked to sign their liability wavier.
Saturday 9:00AM. RSVP and I'll send you the meeting place.
Event Email:
travelling.erez@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
13 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1030
Difficulty:
Medium
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
21:00 back at the bay area
Total Driving Distance:
334
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
110
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
2 Lunches, breakfast, dinner, camping and cooking gear, etc.
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Come join me doing a 13 mile loop on the Crabtree trail in the Emigrant Wilderness and Stanislaus national forest.
We'll drive to Pinecrest lake, get the camping permit, and hike 6 miles visiting a couple of lakes on our way to Piute Meadow where we'll set up camp.
The next day we'll hike through Pine Valley, passing Grouse Lake.
Pets are welcome. We will have at least one (very small) dog in our group.
Here's a description of a much larger trip into the area with some photos:
http://www.backpackinglight.com/cgi-bin/backpackinglight/forums/thread_display.html?forum_thread_id=16654
I won't go if the weather is bad.
If you'd like to come, please send me your cell phone-number and whether you can bring a car.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Kings Canyon National Park, CA
Description:
5-day 4-night 46 mile backpack along the Rae Lakes Loop in Kings Canyon National Park.
Destination:
Kings Canyon National Park
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD on evening of Aug 21st
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
46mi
Total Elevation Gain:
~10000ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley -> Woods Creek -> Rae Lakes (along PCT)-> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek -> Roads End
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
512
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
157.60
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Will email Gear List to participants
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Rae Lakes Loop is one of the premier backpacks (of the many) that thread through the heart of the Sierra Nevada. As you start from the depth of the valley created by the South Fork of the Kings River and ascend through pristine pines along meandering creeks and fast-flowing cascades, you start to appreciate the effort involved in getting to the glistening alpine lakes from which this loop derives its name.
26 miles later, it climaxes at the 12000ft Glen pass, which a backpacker hopefully acclimatizes to in the 3-day climb to get there. A long downhill stretch of 20 miles done over two days takes you back to the trailhead creating a nice 46 mile loop
If weekend backpacks were teasers for what the Sierra Nevada is about, this is perhaps one of the main courses. It is not an easy backpack, nor is it for the beginner backpacker. 45 miles at 7000ft of elevation gain will test the mettle of any backpacker on this trip.
Route summary, starting on Aug 22nd.
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley (Aug 22) -> Woods Creek (Aug 23) -> Rae Lakes (along PCT) (Aug 24) -> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek (Aug 25) -> Roads End
I will be starting from the Bay Area on Aug 21st (Tuesday) evening and will be at the permit station in Grants Grove on Aug 22nd (Wednesday) morning. Exact meeting location will be mailed to participants. Gear list will also be mailed to participants.
NOTE: TRIP IS FULL. All spots are allotted.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Kings Canyon National Park, CA
Description:
5-day 4-night 46 mile backpack along the Rae Lakes Loop in Kings Canyon National Park.
Destination:
Kings Canyon National Park
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD on evening of Aug 21st
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
46mi
Total Elevation Gain:
~10000ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley -> Woods Creek -> Rae Lakes (along PCT)-> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek -> Roads End
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
512
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
157.60
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Will email Gear List to participants
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Rae Lakes Loop is one of the premier backpacks (of the many) that thread through the heart of the Sierra Nevada. As you start from the depth of the valley created by the South Fork of the Kings River and ascend through pristine pines along meandering creeks and fast-flowing cascades, you start to appreciate the effort involved in getting to the glistening alpine lakes from which this loop derives its name.
26 miles later, it climaxes at the 12000ft Glen pass, which a backpacker hopefully acclimatizes to in the 3-day climb to get there. A long downhill stretch of 20 miles done over two days takes you back to the trailhead creating a nice 46 mile loop
If weekend backpacks were teasers for what the Sierra Nevada is about, this is perhaps one of the main courses. It is not an easy backpack, nor is it for the beginner backpacker. 45 miles at 7000ft of elevation gain will test the mettle of any backpacker on this trip.
Route summary, starting on Aug 22nd.
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley (Aug 22) -> Woods Creek (Aug 23) -> Rae Lakes (along PCT) (Aug 24) -> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek (Aug 25) -> Roads End
I will be starting from the Bay Area on Aug 21st (Tuesday) evening and will be at the permit station in Grants Grove on Aug 22nd (Wednesday) morning. Exact meeting location will be mailed to participants. Gear list will also be mailed to participants.
NOTE: TRIP IS FULL. All spots are allotted.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Kings Canyon National Park, CA
Description:
5-day 4-night 46 mile backpack along the Rae Lakes Loop in Kings Canyon National Park.
Destination:
Kings Canyon National Park
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD on evening of Aug 21st
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
46mi
Total Elevation Gain:
~10000ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley -> Woods Creek -> Rae Lakes (along PCT)-> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek -> Roads End
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
512
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
157.60
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Will email Gear List to participants
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Rae Lakes Loop is one of the premier backpacks (of the many) that thread through the heart of the Sierra Nevada. As you start from the depth of the valley created by the South Fork of the Kings River and ascend through pristine pines along meandering creeks and fast-flowing cascades, you start to appreciate the effort involved in getting to the glistening alpine lakes from which this loop derives its name.
26 miles later, it climaxes at the 12000ft Glen pass, which a backpacker hopefully acclimatizes to in the 3-day climb to get there. A long downhill stretch of 20 miles done over two days takes you back to the trailhead creating a nice 46 mile loop
If weekend backpacks were teasers for what the Sierra Nevada is about, this is perhaps one of the main courses. It is not an easy backpack, nor is it for the beginner backpacker. 45 miles at 7000ft of elevation gain will test the mettle of any backpacker on this trip.
Route summary, starting on Aug 22nd.
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley (Aug 22) -> Woods Creek (Aug 23) -> Rae Lakes (along PCT) (Aug 24) -> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek (Aug 25) -> Roads End
I will be starting from the Bay Area on Aug 21st (Tuesday) evening and will be at the permit station in Grants Grove on Aug 22nd (Wednesday) morning. Exact meeting location will be mailed to participants. Gear list will also be mailed to participants.
NOTE: TRIP IS FULL. All spots are allotted.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Kings Canyon National Park, CA
Description:
5-day 4-night 46 mile backpack along the Rae Lakes Loop in Kings Canyon National Park.
Destination:
Kings Canyon National Park
Organizer:
Sathish Jothikumar
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD on evening of Aug 21st
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
46mi
Total Elevation Gain:
~10000ft
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley -> Woods Creek -> Rae Lakes (along PCT)-> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek -> Roads End
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
512
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
157.60
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Will email Gear List to participants
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Rae Lakes Loop is one of the premier backpacks (of the many) that thread through the heart of the Sierra Nevada. As you start from the depth of the valley created by the South Fork of the Kings River and ascend through pristine pines along meandering creeks and fast-flowing cascades, you start to appreciate the effort involved in getting to the glistening alpine lakes from which this loop derives its name.
26 miles later, it climaxes at the 12000ft Glen pass, which a backpacker hopefully acclimatizes to in the 3-day climb to get there. A long downhill stretch of 20 miles done over two days takes you back to the trailhead creating a nice 46 mile loop
If weekend backpacks were teasers for what the Sierra Nevada is about, this is perhaps one of the main courses. It is not an easy backpack, nor is it for the beginner backpacker. 45 miles at 7000ft of elevation gain will test the mettle of any backpacker on this trip.
Route summary, starting on Aug 22nd.
Roads End -> Myst Falls -> Paradise Valley (Aug 22) -> Woods Creek (Aug 23) -> Rae Lakes (along PCT) (Aug 24) -> Glen Pass (along PCT) -> Bubbs Creek (Aug 25) -> Roads End
I will be starting from the Bay Area on Aug 21st (Tuesday) evening and will be at the permit station in Grants Grove on Aug 22nd (Wednesday) morning. Exact meeting location will be mailed to participants. Gear list will also be mailed to participants.
NOTE: TRIP IS FULL. All spots are allotted.
Description:
Mt. Tamalpais Hike
Destination:
Marin County, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at the Stanford PT&S(http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:45 AM at the Sky Oaks trailheadhttps://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=37.966763,+-122.605180&hl=en&sll=37.966973,-122.604246&sspn=0.001343,0.002722&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFatTQwIdhDGx-A&oq=Palo+Alto&t=m&mra=ls&z=10)
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
14-16 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
2500 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate to Strenuous. But hey! What do we watch the Olympics for?
Route Summary:
Trailhead > Summit
Summit > Trailhead
Estimated Finish:
6:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
115 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
I think the past month and a half I have been AWOL. Many reasons……. Oh well, it is time to hike again and what better way to start than with a trip to one of the iconic locations in the bay area. Mt.Tam! This hike will present lovely 365 degree views of the bay area. For a sampling of what you can expect from the summit, please go to the following link:
This will also be a training hike for the wind river group. If you are on my Wind River trip, this is the required dayhike. Please load your packs up to 25 pounds for the hike. We will be taking a couple of good steep trails to the summit and this will be a good training run for the 12000 ft Wind River high passes.
If you are on my High Sierra trip, this will be good for you as well. We will be hiking trails just as steep as those in the High Sierra.
We will start from Sky Oaks parking lot and work our way to the summit. From the summit, we will return to the parking lot using a longer route.
Eat a good breakfast, bring a good lunch and get ready for a lovely day…..
Note: You MUST RSVP to participate
See ya there
“V”
978-996-9060
Location:
Sabrina Lake Basin
Description:
Overnight backpacking trip in Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake.
Destination:
Midnight Lake in Sabrina Lake Basin
Organizer:
Shreepadma V
Meeting Time and Place:
5:00 pm PDT on Aug 10, place - TBD
Event Email:
neenjyo@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking,Backpacking
Activity Distance:
13 miles RT
Total Elevation Gain:
2600 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Trailhead -> Sabrina Lake-> Midnight Lake -> Sabrina Lake -> Trailhead
Estimated Finish:
10:00 pm PDT
Total Driving Distance:
600
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
I'll email you a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a one night backpacking trip in the Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake. We will leave the Bay Area on Friday evening and camp in Mammoth Lakes. The next morning we will pick up the permits and head to Bishop to start the hike on the Sabrina Lake Trail. On Saturday night we will try to camp at Midnight Lake against the backdrop of glacier-clad Mt.Darwin. Since campsites are hard to find at Midnight Lake, we may choose to use an earlier campsite and head out to Midnight Lake on Sunday morning instead. On Sunday we will head back to the trail head and drive back to the Bay Area.
If you are interested, please RSVP with the following information - a) Your backpacking/hiking experience, b) Your experience with altitude.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Calistoga
Description:
Palisades Trail near Calistoga
Destination:
Organizer:
Erez
Meeting Time and Place:
Sunday, 8:30AM
Event Email:
travelling.erez@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
8 mile
Total Elevation Gain:
~700 feet
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
Table rock trail to Table Rock then to Lasky Point and continuing to the Palisades.
Estimated Finish:
9:00 PM back in the bay area
Total Driving Distance:
230
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
69
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Come join me hiking to the Palisades near Calistoga. My guide book describes it as "a stunning mile long volcanic wall set along a ridge that overlooks Calistoga and the Napa valley. The Palisades is dramatic up close and personal, and provides gorgeous long-distance views. In addition, this trail is one of the best near Calistoga for seeing raptors, including a chance to spot peregrine falcons".
RSVP and I'll send you the meeting spot.
Location:
Sabrina Lake Basin
Description:
Overnight backpacking trip in Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake.
Destination:
Midnight Lake in Sabrina Lake Basin
Organizer:
Shreepadma V
Meeting Time and Place:
5:00 pm PDT on Aug 10, place - TBD
Event Email:
neenjyo@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking,Backpacking
Activity Distance:
13 miles RT
Total Elevation Gain:
2600 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Trailhead -> Sabrina Lake-> Midnight Lake -> Sabrina Lake -> Trailhead
Estimated Finish:
10:00 pm PDT
Total Driving Distance:
600
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
I'll email you a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a one night backpacking trip in the Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake. We will leave the Bay Area on Friday evening and camp in Mammoth Lakes. The next morning we will pick up the permits and head to Bishop to start the hike on the Sabrina Lake Trail. On Saturday night we will try to camp at Midnight Lake against the backdrop of glacier-clad Mt.Darwin. Since campsites are hard to find at Midnight Lake, we may choose to use an earlier campsite and head out to Midnight Lake on Sunday morning instead. On Sunday we will head back to the trail head and drive back to the Bay Area.
If you are interested, please RSVP with the following information - a) Your backpacking/hiking experience, b) Your experience with altitude.
Location:
Sabrina Lake Basin
Description:
Overnight backpacking trip in Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake.
Destination:
Midnight Lake in Sabrina Lake Basin
Organizer:
Shreepadma V
Meeting Time and Place:
5:00 pm PDT on Aug 10, place - TBD
Event Email:
neenjyo@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking,Backpacking
Activity Distance:
13 miles RT
Total Elevation Gain:
2600 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Trailhead -> Sabrina Lake-> Midnight Lake -> Sabrina Lake -> Trailhead
Estimated Finish:
10:00 pm PDT
Total Driving Distance:
600
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
I'll email you a gear list
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a one night backpacking trip in the Sabrina Lake Basin to Midnight Lake. We will leave the Bay Area on Friday evening and camp in Mammoth Lakes. The next morning we will pick up the permits and head to Bishop to start the hike on the Sabrina Lake Trail. On Saturday night we will try to camp at Midnight Lake against the backdrop of glacier-clad Mt.Darwin. Since campsites are hard to find at Midnight Lake, we may choose to use an earlier campsite and head out to Midnight Lake on Sunday morning instead. On Sunday we will head back to the trail head and drive back to the Bay Area.
If you are interested, please RSVP with the following information - a) Your backpacking/hiking experience, b) Your experience with altitude.
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
The Peters Creek canyon is home to the third-largest old-growth redwood grove in the Santa Cruz Mountains, after Big Basin and Henry Cowell. The grove is attractive and surprisingly lush, with some good-sized trees. However, to get there you'll have to walk miles each way through hilly and somewhat dull second-growth redwood uplands.
In this hike we'll explore some beautiful old growth redwoods as well as the Pescadero Creek park for added mileage. The weather should be fine with some cool breeze coming from the ocean. However, please still bring enough water, tasty snack, and positive attitude.
Directions to the trailhead:
https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=340+Bonair+Siding+Road,+Stanford,+CA&daddr=Heritage+Grove,+455+County+Center,+Redwood+City,+CA+94063&hl=en&sll=37.297476,-122.25513&sspn=0.015124,0.027595&geocode=FTkeOwId7wC4-CljI0ze2LqPgDF_HKPVpEsoSQ%3BFd8TOQIdSou2-CHRGhJTVbLUPSnR4kDTo66PgDHRGhJTVbLUPQ&oq=stanford&mra=ls&t=m&z=11
Contact: katsnelson @ gmail.com
323 - 3567293 (on the day of the hike)
-Ilya.
Location:
Tioga Pass, Yosemite, Mt. Whitney zone
Description:
A 6 day trip starting with accimatizing hikes neaar Tioga pass in Yosemite and the climbing Mt. Whitney Aug 2.
Destination:
Tioga Pass in Yosemite, then Mt. Whitney zone
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
To be decided
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
15-20 miles for acclimatizing hikes, then 22 miles round trip of one day climb of Mt. Whitney
Total Elevation Gain:
~5000 feet for acclimatiaing hikes, then 6500 feet climbing Mt. Whitney
Difficulty:
Very strenuous!
Route Summary:
For acclimatizing hikes, probably around Saddlebag Lake near Tioga Pass, then climbing Mt. Dana. Finally we will take the regular (not mountaineering) route up Mt. Whitney.
Estimated Finish:
late Aug 2, drive back Aug 3.
Total Driving Distance:
~ 800 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
See trip description
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
I have received notificaction that I have 6 permits reserved to climb Mt Whtney on Thursday, August 2, 2012. I have also reserved a campsite to accommodate 6 people, 2 cars, and at least two tents at a capground between Whitney Portal and Lone Pine for the nights of August 1 and 2.
The Mt Whitney climb will be a one day up and back trip that will be 22 miles and 6500 feet of cumulative elevation gain in one day, round trip, with Mt Whitney topping out at 14,500 feet where the air is REALLY THIN! I am planning for us to do some strenuous acclimatizing and getting (or staying) in shape hikes above 10,000 feet near Tioga Pass in Yosemite July 30 and 31. and then drive down to Whitney Portal August 1. I am estimating that arriving early Monday morning, July 30, at Tioga Pass will give us sufficient time to find a campground and do our first day's hike. We will plan on driving back Friday, August 3.
Costs for the permits, campsites, maps, and any other group expenses will be shared - I am estimating that $200 should more than cover it. Any excess will be returned to you. If you are interested please let me know and I will put you on the email list for postings about the trip as they occur. Also, please feel free to contact me to ask questions or see about negotiating anything that might not work for you. To reserve a spot on the trip, send a check for $200 to:
Craig Keith
5851 Chesbro Ave.
San Jose, CA 95123
We will attempt to carpool as much a possible. You will be responsible for your own food and cooking, or if you wish to do that with others on the trip you can arrange that with them - I will provide a trip list when appropriate. As you may or may not know, I am on a raw food diet - so I'm doubting you would want to do it with me!
Since I have only 6 permits, the size of the tirp will be small. If you are interested, it might be a good idea to either talk to me or send me your check for $200 as soon as possible. If more than 6 send me checks I will start a waiting list, so that if you are not one of the first 6 to send me your check, there may still be a chance (things change I have learned). Right now due to just word of mouth, three people including me have reserved a space on the trip. That leaves just three open at this point.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Yosemite National Park - Tuloumne Meadows
Description:
Overnight backpacking trip to picture-perfect lake surrounded by Lodgepole Pine and Granite mountains.
Destination:
Organizer:
Venkad
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
venkadesh.gm@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
~15 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
~1500ft
Difficulty:
Moderate - Strenous
Route Summary:
Tuolumne Meadows -> Dog Lake > Young Lake
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
450
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gearlist will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
It's a last minute overnight backpacking trip which is ideal for beginners and also for seasoned backpackers. We will be driving from Bayarea on Saturday morning around 7AM and will reach Tuolumne meadows around 1PM. After collecting wilderness permit from Tuolumne wilderness center we will start our backpacking trip around 2PM. On Saturday night we will stay at Young Lakes and then we will hike back to Tuolumne meadows on Sunday. We might hike White mountains on Sunday before returning to trail head.
If you have a 4-seater car and willing to bring it please let me know in your response.
Note:
1. You should have a proper backpack, sleeping bag and tent will be shared if necessary. Most importantly everything should fit in your backpack.
2. Bear box is necessary but we can rent/share it.
3. Due to unforeseen circumstances, there could be changes made in the trip but i'll stick to the plan as much as possible as long as its safe for the group.
Drop me a line, if you up for backpacking in High Sierra Camp. Also let me know if you hiked with me before.
Location:
Sierra Nevada, CA
Description:
Introduction to Backpacking
Destination:
Yosemite National Park, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD (To Be Decided)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
18 miles over two days.
Total Elevation Gain:
1500 ft
Difficulty:
Easy to Moderate
Route Summary:
Porcupine Creek > North Dome > Yosemite Valley
Estimated Finish:
TBD
Total Driving Distance:
425 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
$140 per car to be shared among carpoolers.
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Please E-Mail me for a gear list.
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is trip is designed for people who have little or no experience in Backpacking. If you have never been backpacking and have always wanted to test your mettle, this trip will be a great introduction and will leave a few lovely memories.
This trip is not designed for seasoned backpackers. But if you are a seasoned backpacker and want to get some leadership experience, please contact me.
Yosemite NP! One of the finest addresses on the North American continent. This hike will take us through two of the finest features of the park. The North Dome and the Yosemite falls with the added bonus of a fine view of the famed "El Capitan" This backpack is one of the classics in Yosemite. It will require moderate effort. Take a look at these images to get an idea of what to expect in terms of scenery.
We will leave the bay area on Friday evening on the 20th of July and camp at one of the backpacker campgrounds in Yosemite. The next morning we will drive to Porcupine creek trailhead and then shuttle one car into the Valley.
From porcupine creek, we will backpack to North Dome depending on the weather and the capability of the group. We will find a campsite around North dome and settle in for the night. The next day, we break camp and head to the top of Yosemite falls via a different route.
We will descend along the falls to the Valley and finish the hike in the valley.
If you are interested, please e-mail me for a gear list.
Get ready for a trip that rewards grandly for a little effort!
See Ya There
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Description:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake loop
Destination:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
24
Total Elevation Gain:
3000+
Difficulty:
Difficult
Route Summary:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake
Estimated Finish:
Late Sunday
Total Driving Distance:
490
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
147
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Unforgettable scenery of the alpine lakes of the Eastern Sierras with the Ritter Range to frame it defines this trip. However, all that beauty will come at the price of some strenuous hiking. But the persistent hikes will be greatly rewarded with the views of the highest mountain range in the continental US.
The plan:
1. We'll leave Friday evening from P&TS. Pass through Yosemite NP, get permits, and camp at Silver Lake campground. This will allow some acclimatisation and early start.
2. On Saturday start hiking from the Silver Lake trailhead. Camp at Waugh lake or further.
3. On Sunday we visit Thousand Island lake and come back to Silver Lake campground.
Points:
1. I will provide the gear list.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you have hiked with me before.
3. Bear boxes are required.
4. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
5. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
e-mail: katsnelson @ gmail.com
Ilya.
Location:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Description:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake loop
Destination:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
24
Total Elevation Gain:
3000+
Difficulty:
Difficult
Route Summary:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake
Estimated Finish:
Late Sunday
Total Driving Distance:
490
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
147
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Unforgettable scenery of the alpine lakes of the Eastern Sierras with the Ritter Range to frame it defines this trip. However, all that beauty will come at the price of some strenuous hiking. But the persistent hikes will be greatly rewarded with the views of the highest mountain range in the continental US.
The plan:
1. We'll leave Friday evening from P&TS. Pass through Yosemite NP, get permits, and camp at Silver Lake campground. This will allow some acclimatisation and early start.
2. On Saturday start hiking from the Silver Lake trailhead. Camp at Waugh lake or further.
3. On Sunday we visit Thousand Island lake and come back to Silver Lake campground.
Points:
1. I will provide the gear list.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you have hiked with me before.
3. Bear boxes are required.
4. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
5. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
e-mail: katsnelson @ gmail.com
Ilya.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Yosemite National Park
Description:
Beautiful view of Sparkling blue lake set in the background of granite peaks.
Destination:
May Lake
Organizer:
Venkad
Meeting Time and Place:
14th July 7AM, Place TBD
Event Email:
venkadesh.gm@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
15
Total Elevation Gain:
2000
Difficulty:
Medium
Route Summary:
May Lake -> Mt. Hoffman -> May Lake -> Tenaya Lake
Estimated Finish:
15th July 5PM
Total Driving Distance:
450
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear List will be provide upon confirming your triip
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Its a perfect backpacking trip for first time backpackers with a beautiful view of crystal blue lake in the backdrop of granite valley. Hike to Mt.Hoffman offers one of incredible views in the Yosemite National Park at 10,850'. Hike to Mt. Hoffman is bit strenuous but very rewarding for the effort to hike up to the summit.
Trip Details:
Leave bayarea on Saturday at 7AM. Reach Tuolumne Meadows Ranger Station at 12PM. Have lunch at Tenaya Lake and head to May Lake trailhead at 2PM. Reach May Lake at 4PM and we can explore around May Lake. On Sunday we will hike upto Mt.Hoffman summit and head back to bay area. If there is more interest we can hike to Elizabeth Lake on Saturday or Sunday depends on the availability of time.
Note:
1. You should have a proper backpack, sleeping bag and tent will be shared if necessary. Most importantly everything should fit in your backpack.
2. Bear box is necessary but we can rent/share it.
3. Due to unforeseen circumstances, there could be changes made in the trip but i'll stick to the plan as much as possible as long as its safe for the group.
Drop me a line, if you up for backpacking in High Sierra Camp. Also let me know if you hiked with me before.
Cost for the trip includes sharing of Permits/Gas/Toll/Shared Gear.
Location:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Description:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake loop
Destination:
Ansel Adams Wilderness.
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
24
Total Elevation Gain:
3000+
Difficulty:
Difficult
Route Summary:
Silver Lake->Gem Lake->Waugh Lake->Thousand Island Lake->Silver Lake
Estimated Finish:
Late Sunday
Total Driving Distance:
490
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
147
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Unforgettable scenery of the alpine lakes of the Eastern Sierras with the Ritter Range to frame it defines this trip. However, all that beauty will come at the price of some strenuous hiking. But the persistent hikes will be greatly rewarded with the views of the highest mountain range in the continental US.
The plan:
1. We'll leave Friday evening from P&TS. Pass through Yosemite NP, get permits, and camp at Silver Lake campground. This will allow some acclimatisation and early start.
2. On Saturday start hiking from the Silver Lake trailhead. Camp at Waugh lake or further.
3. On Sunday we visit Thousand Island lake and come back to Silver Lake campground.
Points:
1. I will provide the gear list.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you have hiked with me before.
3. Bear boxes are required.
4. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
5. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
e-mail: katsnelson @ gmail.com
Ilya.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Mt Tamalpais state park
Description:
Mt Tamalpais State Park hike
Destination:
Mt Tamalpais state park
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS at 6:50AM, Pantoll Station at 8:20AM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5, 13, 19+
Total Elevation Gain:
2000+
Difficulty:
good enough to work those pancakes
Route Summary:
Matt Davis tr->Rock Spring Tr->Cataract Tr->Ridge Tr->Matt Davis tr->Dirsea Tr->Ben Johnson->Bootjack Redwood tr
Estimated Finish:
~7pm
Total Driving Distance:
106
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
38
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
The days are long and the weather is mostly nice, so it a good time to visit our local Bay Area gem - Mt Tamalpais state park. There will be an additional bonus at the beginning - participation in the once in a month pancake breakfast (http://www.westpointinn.com/Activities.htm). For a simple $10 you get 4 standard pancakes and the best view in the Bay Area. After the breakfast the hike is just to work off all that sugar.
There will be options during the hike to cut it short - after 5, and 13 miles. So if you have a date or a concert to attend to you can still enjoy some of the hike.
First we will go to Wespoint Inn for the aforementioned breakfast.
After that we'll go down to Stinson beach where we'll have a light snack (no good to eat large before a climb).
After that we'll take Dipsea trail back to Pantoll station.
The starting time is so early to make it to the breakfast and avoid crowds.
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Description:
Hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS, or 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you will be coming from the Stanford area and would be willing to stop by P&TS to offer a ride to anyone needing it, I'd appreciate your lettig me know so I can ommunicate that to possible ride-needers. Thanks!
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
strenuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
Not appicable - no trail names or signs
Estimated Finish:
5 - 6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
hiking poles if you use them
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the New Year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. We’ll do a route I haven’t done in awhile – and definitely different than last month, and may again include some exiting and challenging cross-country. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and GOC and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Event covers 7-10 miles miles, with 1800-3000 feet of elevation.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Guerneville, CA
Description:
A day hike in Armstrong Woods
Destination:
Armstrong Woods State Natural Reserve
Organizer:
Emmanuel B. Manasievici
Meeting Time and Place:
0730 hours at Stanford PT&S (http://transportation.stanford.edu/) or 1030 hours at the Armstrong Woods Visitor Center (https://plus.google.com/100139624855925931152/about?gl=us&hl=en)
Event Email:
ucdconductoradvisor@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
10-12 miles (16-19 km)
Total Elevation Gain:
1000 feet (305 m)
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Visitor Center & Parking Lot --> East Ridge Trail --> Bullfrog Pong --> Pool Ridge Trail --> Nature Trail --> Visitor Center and Parking Lot
Estimated Finish:
1830 hours (6:30 P.M.)* (later if staying for extra activities)
Total Driving Distance:
222 miles (357 km) (round trip, from Stanford)
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
In lieu of my usual walk in the The City and County of San Francisco, I am inviting SOC/GOC friends, both old and new, to join me as a part of my visit to a favourite vacation destination.
Armstrong Woods State Natural Reserve features a majestic redwood forest, basic backcountry hiking, a bit of local history, and a handy setting in Sonoma County's Wine Country and Russian River areas.
The weather forecast calls for highs in the high 70s˚F (ca. 25˚C), but be prepared for direct sunlight during the day above the (redwood) canopy and cooler temperatures later in the afternoon/eve on the forest floor. Rain is highly unlikely.
Please bring comfortable shoes suitable for paved roads and dirt (although well-maintained) trails. With regard to alimentation, please bring your lunch and a few snacks (to share as well, if you wish), as no concessions will be available.
To less experienced and less fit walkers and hikers: please do not be intimidated by the distances and elevations. Even now in peak (relative to myself, of course) fitness I can't hold a candle to "true" athletes and outdoorsmen, and I have done this hike solo several times when I was in much worse shape. I vouch for it personally, and folks of all levels are welcome.
If anyone cannot or does not wish to stay for the entire duration, the route offers several opportunities for branching off and/or returning on your own.
After the hike, there will be two additional evening activities: dinner in downtown Guerneville (likely at Boon Eat + Drink, http://eatatboon.com/) and a course or two of post-dinner mini-golf at Pee-Wee Golf & Arcade). If staying for either or both of these, please plan your transportation and accompaniment accordingly.
For any who may wish to spend the night before or after in the area, there are numerous resorts nearby; lodging and cabins are quite 'spensive (ca. 200 USD/night), but some places (e.g., Johnson's Beach, http://johnsonsbeach.com/) may offer camping at much more reasonable rates.
RSVP is not required but would be appreciated.
Please e-mail me with any or all questions. I will be checking e-mail via computer and/or phone until the event start time, so feel free to send one at any time.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Location:
Utah
Description:
128 mile rafting trip through Desolation Canyon
Destination:
Organizer:
Mahesh Patel & others
Meeting Time and Place:
San Jose, CA
Event Email:
mpatel0@gmail.com
Activities Involved:
Kayaking/Rafting
Activity Distance:
128 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Floating the Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there. Heading back by July 11th.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area. We will be driving from San Jose the morning of the 27th and meeting others the evening of the 28th.
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
980
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Looking for a great Summer vacation? Well a bunch of us
Amherst folks have secured a private permit from the BLM to float the
Green River thru Desolation/Gray Canyons. This will be a 128 mile
river trip over 8 or 9 days. Dates are June 27 thru July 9. We'll be
flying into Grand Junction, Co. and outfitting from there.
No experience necessary!
Will need to provide own personal camping gear and dry bags.
I am looking for 1-2 others on short notice to help drive from San Jose and connect with a group from the Amherst, MA area.
Time:
8:00pm
Location:
Desolation Wilderness.
Description:
Meeks Creek Traverse. Desolation Wilderness.
Destination:
Desolation Wilderness. Lake Tahoe
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
18+
Total Elevation Gain:
3500
Difficulty:
reasonable
Route Summary:
Meeks Creek Trail->Velma Lakes Trail->Bayview Trail
Estimated Finish:
9PM
Total Driving Distance:
460
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
138
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
on leash only
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Summer is here and it is time to get back into the mountains. This would be a relatively easy two day traverse of the Meeks Creek Trail (sometimes called Tahoe-Yosemite trail on some maps). This route is along the subdued, northernmost part of the Tahoe-Yosemite trail, which rewards you, starting 4.5 miles in, with one lake after another, including the view of the biggest one - Lake Tahoe. The snow on the trails is mostly gone, so we will see fresh lush green vegetation, full flowing creeks and lakes.
Since his trip is a traverse it will include a car shuttle.
The plan:
1. Leave Bay Area around 6PM on Friday June 22nd. Stay for the night in William Kent campground.
2. Saturday, June 23. Get up early, handle the car shuttle and start hiking. Camp at Rubicon Lake.
3. Sunday, June 24. Continue hiking. Summit Phipps Peak. Finish to Eagle falls trailhead.
Fine Print:
1. This is a relatively simple technically trip, so if you were looking into trying backpacking it may be a good opportunity to do so. However, you need to let me know.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you hiked with me before.
3. Since it is relatively early in the season there is a possibility of some amount of mosquitoes.
4. Bear boxes are required.
5. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
6. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
Ilya.
katsnelson @ gmail.com
Time:
8:00pm
Location:
Desolation Wilderness.
Description:
Meeks Creek Traverse. Desolation Wilderness.
Destination:
Desolation Wilderness. Lake Tahoe
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
18+
Total Elevation Gain:
3500
Difficulty:
reasonable
Route Summary:
Meeks Creek Trail->Velma Lakes Trail->Bayview Trail
Estimated Finish:
9PM
Total Driving Distance:
460
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
138
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
on leash only
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Summer is here and it is time to get back into the mountains. This would be a relatively easy two day traverse of the Meeks Creek Trail (sometimes called Tahoe-Yosemite trail on some maps). This route is along the subdued, northernmost part of the Tahoe-Yosemite trail, which rewards you, starting 4.5 miles in, with one lake after another, including the view of the biggest one - Lake Tahoe. The snow on the trails is mostly gone, so we will see fresh lush green vegetation, full flowing creeks and lakes.
Since his trip is a traverse it will include a car shuttle.
The plan:
1. Leave Bay Area around 6PM on Friday June 22nd. Stay for the night in William Kent campground.
2. Saturday, June 23. Get up early, handle the car shuttle and start hiking. Camp at Rubicon Lake.
3. Sunday, June 24. Continue hiking. Summit Phipps Peak. Finish to Eagle falls trailhead.
Fine Print:
1. This is a relatively simple technically trip, so if you were looking into trying backpacking it may be a good opportunity to do so. However, you need to let me know.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you hiked with me before.
3. Since it is relatively early in the season there is a possibility of some amount of mosquitoes.
4. Bear boxes are required.
5. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
6. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
Ilya.
katsnelson @ gmail.com
Time:
8:00pm
Location:
Desolation Wilderness.
Description:
Meeks Creek Traverse. Desolation Wilderness.
Destination:
Desolation Wilderness. Lake Tahoe
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
P&TS 6PM
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
18+
Total Elevation Gain:
3500
Difficulty:
reasonable
Route Summary:
Meeks Creek Trail->Velma Lakes Trail->Bayview Trail
Estimated Finish:
9PM
Total Driving Distance:
460
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
138
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
on leash only
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Summer is here and it is time to get back into the mountains. This would be a relatively easy two day traverse of the Meeks Creek Trail (sometimes called Tahoe-Yosemite trail on some maps). This route is along the subdued, northernmost part of the Tahoe-Yosemite trail, which rewards you, starting 4.5 miles in, with one lake after another, including the view of the biggest one - Lake Tahoe. The snow on the trails is mostly gone, so we will see fresh lush green vegetation, full flowing creeks and lakes.
Since his trip is a traverse it will include a car shuttle.
The plan:
1. Leave Bay Area around 6PM on Friday June 22nd. Stay for the night in William Kent campground.
2. Saturday, June 23. Get up early, handle the car shuttle and start hiking. Camp at Rubicon Lake.
3. Sunday, June 24. Continue hiking. Summit Phipps Peak. Finish to Eagle falls trailhead.
Fine Print:
1. This is a relatively simple technically trip, so if you were looking into trying backpacking it may be a good opportunity to do so. However, you need to let me know.
2. Let me know your level of experience and if you hiked with me before.
3. Since it is relatively early in the season there is a possibility of some amount of mosquitoes.
4. Bear boxes are required.
5. The group stays together. If there is a possibility of danger to the group I may reroute the trip or cancel it altogether.
6. I still reserve the right to check the backpacks, mostly to reduce the weight.
So, if you are up for some fresh air, good views, and some muscle work, drop me a line. It should be a fine trip.
Ilya.
katsnelson @ gmail.com
Location:
Big Basin State Park
Description:
Big Basin Waterfall hike
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
9:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 10:30AM at the Big Basin Redwoods park headquarters.https://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=palo+alto,ca&daddr=CA-236+N%2FBig+Basin+Hwy&hl=en&sll=37.174731,-122.217729&sspn=0.010857,0.021758&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFXQ0NwIdUAq3-A&mra=ls&t=m&z=11)
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
12 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1300 ft
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Park headquarters > skyline to the sea trail > Sunset trail > Park headquarters.
Estimated Finish:
4:00PM at the headquarters.
Total Driving Distance:
80
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a relatively easy to moderate hike that rewards well for the effort. The three waterfalls on this loop are the best in the bay area. So, if you are into waterfalls and you have not seen the best ones in the bay area, this is your opportunity to view them.
Besides the waterfalls, this park has other attractions, such as "redwoods". Big massive specimens. They are some of the biggest in coastal california and if you look closely, you can see their eyes staring back at you!
There are the zoological denizens as well. Things such as, banana slugs, earthworms, assorted birdlife, fish in the ponds, wild boars, hippos, etc. Experiencing all this amounts to a short satisfying weekend day. If you are up for this stunning adventure, lace-up your boots and we can try to bag a few fish for dinner!
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Marin, CA
Description:
The Classic "Marin Headlands Loop"
Destination:
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at the Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:30 AM at the Vista point parking lot just north of the Golden gate bridge (http://maps.google.com/maps?f=d&source=s_d&saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Hwy+101+North+of+the,+Golden+Gate+Bridge,+San+Francisco,+California+%28Vista+Point+Overlook%29&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFZRGQQIdMBuz-CGRx8z5TxG5nQ&hl=en&mra=ls&sll=37.83209,-122.474341&sspn=0.019252,0.024419&ie=UTF8&ll=37.830599,-122.481723&spn=0.019253,0.024419&z=15)or 9:30AM
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
5miles, 10 Miles, 20+miles
Total Elevation Gain:
300 ft, 800 ft and 4600ft
Difficulty:
Easy to strenuous
Route Summary:
This will be a complete loop of the Marin Headlands with an Ice
cream stop in Sausalito. A trail description is thus not important.
Estimated Finish:
5 miles(12noon), 10 miles (2PM) 20+ miles (6:30PM) all at the trailhead.
Total Driving Distance:
85
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
A warm jacket.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Okay folks!
Here is a Marin Hike foe everyone! This hike is such a classic that I do it 3-4 times a year. I routed this hike such that it will be suitable for individuals of all capability and persuasion. There is a 5 mile section for the casual walkers who want that perfect view of the city. There is a 10 mile version for those who want to mix up the city views with a beach and of course the ultimate 20+ miler for those who are not having fun unless they are in pain:-).
If you are a visitor to the bay area, this hike is a must. For the sheer variety of views one gets on this hike and views of the city and the surrounding area, there is nowhere better.
Initially you see ever improving views of the city. Then the Golden gate area, followed by lovely expanses of the Pacific, the undulating headlands and finally, the Sausalito
area and the inner bay.
You can leave this hike at anytime you want. I will provide maps and directions for those wanting to leave early. So, if you are in for the shorter versions, you do not have to prepare too much.
If you are in it for the long haul, water is critical for this hike. On this loop there is no place to fill-upon water, please do not show-up with less than 3 liters. In addition, you must have some sort of electrolyte replenishment. Muscle cramps are painful!
Please eat a good breakfast and bring a good lunch. It will be a long
day...Your pace is not that important but your endurance is important. Be
ready to complete the distance.
The great thing about doing a hike of this length and difficulty is that
you feel a great sense of accomplishment at the end. You can justify that hefty dinner after the hike.
A pleasant attitude, lots of smiles and accolades for your organizer will be highly appreciated!:-)
NOTE*- You MUST RSVP for this hike. If you cannot RSVP, please make sure to
call and confirm. IF you are not sure of going, RSVP anyway. You can always
cancel.
See ya there
"V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Napa
Description:
Cheery (and strawberry) picking and Napa Valley Wine Country tour.
Destination:
napa
Organizer:
igor landau
Meeting Time and Place:
8:20, Paris Baguette, in down town Palo Alto
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
<1ml
Total Elevation Gain:
0, unless you fall
Difficulty:
how many cherries can you eat?
Route Summary:
please see detailed description below...
Estimated Finish:
early evening
Total Driving Distance:
100ml
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
Please See Full the Description below...
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Would you like to eat cherries,
just like when you were a kid, picking them right off the tree?
How about exploring some of the more off-the-bitten-path wineries in Napa?
How about doing it all in one day?
Saturday, June 2nd, we’ll be departing at 8:30am from Paris Baguette, in down town Palo Alto 383 University Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94301
(please plan to come earlier if you like coffee.)
Then driving up to Brentwood (1hr) 22012 Marsh Creek Rd, Brentwood, CA. where
we'll meet at DC’s Extraordinary Cherries – they have 12 different kinds of cherry trees!
(Meet there by the entrance to the orchard at 9:45,
for those who are coming from SF and prefer to meet us there.)
From there we’ll visit several other cherry orchards and perhaps a strawberry
patch to pick some overripe super sweet strawberries.
Then, those of us who are not comatose from overeating cherries will head out
toward Napa valley, meeting at Ritual Coffee Roasters in Napa at 610 1st St. Ste 12.
From there we’ll proceed to visit several wineries along Silverado Trail and then for dinner either at Dean & Deluca or at some local yuppie restaurant.
Please bring lunch to go (as we will not have time to stop until dinner.)
Bring PLENTY of water and a hat and sunscreen – it’ll be sunny and hot!
Also, money for the cherries - the farms will weigh you before and after picking and charge you for the weight difference by the pound :)
To coordinate, you can reach me at (650) 387-five-zero-83
See you there!
-igor
(Igorlandau (at)) yahoo (.) com
Location:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Description:
Teague Hill hike
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for self-carpool or 11:00 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. If you are driving from the Stanford area and would be willing to stop by P&TS OR if you might need a ride from P&TS, please contact me so I can hopefully match needs to capabilities.
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 ft.
Difficulty:
moderately strenuous due to primitive trails, distance and elevation gain
Route Summary:
Not applicable - no trail names
Estimated Finish:
5-6 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the New Year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. We’ll do a route I haven’t done in awhile – and definitely different than last month, and may again include some exiting and challenging cross-country. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Because Teague Hill is mostly shaded, hats and suncreen are at your discretion - I use neither in this park. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Event covers 7-10 miles miles, with 1800-3000 feet of elevation. Call me at home before June 2 at 408-833-0196, or email me at clkeith9@sbcglobal.net. Call me at 408-833-0955 the day of the hike for answers to questions, etc.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Steam Train, Tilden East Bay Regional Park
Description:
Two Part hike for all comers! Bay Area Ridge Trail-Strawberry Canyon
Destination:
Tilden Regional Park, Berkeley Hills, East Bay
Organizer:
Valerie Doyle (mt val)
Meeting Time and Place:
9:30 AM Steam Train, Tilden Regional Park, Berkeley Hills
Event Email:
mtnval@pacbell.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
10 mi + 8mi
Total Elevation Gain:
900 ft, 1000ft
Difficulty:
moderate
Route Summary:
Meet up at Steam Train and Part 1 will be a moderate hike, doing a section of the Bay Area Ridge Trail where we will have fabulous views both East to Mt Diablo and Contra Costa County and West to Bay and Golden Gate. We will return to Steam Train after 10 miles and say farewell to 10 milers-Part 2 will explore the hills and trails behind the University of California Berkeley campus know as Strawberry Canyon. The wildflowers are fading fast but there will be great forests plus open grassland and lots of views...except if there is heavy summer fog.
Estimated Finish:
6:30 PM
Total Driving Distance:
90 mi
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
electrolytes, wind jacket
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Meet up at Stanford P & S at at 8 AM for a self organized car pool to Berkeley. Hike meet-up is at 9:30 AM at the Steam Train, Tilden Regional Park. From Stanford take San Mateo Bridge across Bay and take 880 North and then take Hiway 24 going East thru the Caldecott Tunnel, direction Orinda. Just as you exit the tunnel signal for a right turn and drive up behind the Tunnel, going up Fish Ranch Rd. 1/2 mile up turn right onto Grizzly Peak Blvd. and drive about 2 miles to the Steam Train parking., which is a right turn onto Lomas Cantadas (singling hills!) then immediate left and left into parking area. There is water and toilet at start.
This is a 2 part hike; first we do 10 miles and return those hikers to cars then do another 8+ miles. Come on out and get some fresh air in the Berkeley Hills!!!!
The organizer lives in Berkeley and can pick up BART riders from the North Berkeley BART station at 8:45 AM.
Thee is a good Thai food place within a short driving distance from the park that we can eat at afterwards.
Please RSVP by 7 PM Friday evening, June 1. Cell 510 502-2954, home 510 525-0954.
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Grans Pass, OR
Description:
Rogue River trail backpacking
Destination:
Siskiyou National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
40
Total Elevation Gain:
3700
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Grave Creek, OR -> Rogue River Trail->Foster Bar
Estimated Finish:
6PM on Mon
Total Driving Distance:
866
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
369.8
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This will actually be my first backpacking trip to our neighbor on the North - Oregon. Other than Igor's trips to the Crater Lake the club rarely goes there, for some reason. Well, we are about to find out. The main reason to go there can be found in the introduction to the "Backpacking Oregon: From Rugged Coastline to Mountain Meadow" book, if you are curious. The author very eloquently describes the reason for his love of Oregon.
In this short trip we will hike the wild section of the Rogue River. Generally people raft Rogue River. The wild river canyon provides continuously spectacular scenery, waterfalls, unusually abundant wildlife, and plenty of rapids. However, it is about as much head ache as rafting Grand Canyon. The route is very popular and thus expensive and requires permits. But, at the same time, no permits are needed for the trail along the river. Which is what this trip will explore.
Here is the plan:
- Leave Th May 24 late evening. Drive up to around Redding, CA. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Fr May 25. Drive to the beginning of the trip. Handle car shuttle and start hiking.
- Sa May 26. Hike ~15ml.
- Su May 27. Hike ~15ml.
- Mo May 28. Finish the hike. Get the cars. Find something to do/visit on the way back. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Tu May 29. Drive back.
A couple of notes:
* There is poison oak on the trail in abundance. If you are very susceptible to it, keep it in mind.
* There are also ticks there and snakes, even bears.
* There are actually three fully working lodges on the trail. Really. They are no accessible by road which makes them a bit unique. If the group would feel like it we can stop by there.
* On the way back we may visit Oregon Caves national monument. But I will also be open to other ideas. We probably will not be able to swing by the Crater Lake.
* Perhaps the largest expense on this trip will be the car shuttle. Allegedly cars are getting broken into around the trailhead. So as a result we will have reserve car service from one of the rafting outfitters.
* The gear list will be provided.
* Let me know if have backpacked with me before and what is your experience level. This isn't an extreme trip, but if it is your first time I need to know this.
* I will do a gear check before the trip.
Other than that it should be a fun trip.
katsnelson (@) gmail.com
-Ilya.
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Grans Pass, OR
Description:
Rogue River trail backpacking
Destination:
Siskiyou National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
40
Total Elevation Gain:
3700
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Grave Creek, OR -> Rogue River Trail->Foster Bar
Estimated Finish:
6PM on Mon
Total Driving Distance:
866
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
369.8
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This will actually be my first backpacking trip to our neighbor on the North - Oregon. Other than Igor's trips to the Crater Lake the club rarely goes there, for some reason. Well, we are about to find out. The main reason to go there can be found in the introduction to the "Backpacking Oregon: From Rugged Coastline to Mountain Meadow" book, if you are curious. The author very eloquently describes the reason for his love of Oregon.
In this short trip we will hike the wild section of the Rogue River. Generally people raft Rogue River. The wild river canyon provides continuously spectacular scenery, waterfalls, unusually abundant wildlife, and plenty of rapids. However, it is about as much head ache as rafting Grand Canyon. The route is very popular and thus expensive and requires permits. But, at the same time, no permits are needed for the trail along the river. Which is what this trip will explore.
Here is the plan:
- Leave Th May 24 late evening. Drive up to around Redding, CA. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Fr May 25. Drive to the beginning of the trip. Handle car shuttle and start hiking.
- Sa May 26. Hike ~15ml.
- Su May 27. Hike ~15ml.
- Mo May 28. Finish the hike. Get the cars. Find something to do/visit on the way back. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Tu May 29. Drive back.
A couple of notes:
* There is poison oak on the trail in abundance. If you are very susceptible to it, keep it in mind.
* There are also ticks there and snakes, even bears.
* There are actually three fully working lodges on the trail. Really. They are no accessible by road which makes them a bit unique. If the group would feel like it we can stop by there.
* On the way back we may visit Oregon Caves national monument. But I will also be open to other ideas. We probably will not be able to swing by the Crater Lake.
* Perhaps the largest expense on this trip will be the car shuttle. Allegedly cars are getting broken into around the trailhead. So as a result we will have reserve car service from one of the rafting outfitters.
* The gear list will be provided.
* Let me know if have backpacked with me before and what is your experience level. This isn't an extreme trip, but if it is your first time I need to know this.
* I will do a gear check before the trip.
Other than that it should be a fun trip.
katsnelson (@) gmail.com
-Ilya.
Description:
Mt. Tamalpais Dayhike
Destination:
Marin, CA
Organizer:
"V"
Meeting Time and Place:
8:00AM at Stanford PT&S (http://amap.to/carpool_Stanford_6e89b) or 9:45 AM at the Pantoll ranger station (http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Panoramic+Hwy&hl=en&sll=37.906351,-122.610254&sspn=0.021061,0.042958&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFehfQgIdAjax-A&oq=Palo+Alto&mra=ls&t=m&z=10)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
6 or 16+ miles
Total Elevation Gain:
300 ft or 3500ft
Difficulty:
Easy for 6 miles and strenuous for the 16+miles
Route Summary:
Pantoll Ranger station > Old mine trail > cataract trail > Helen
market trail > Kent trail > Sunnyside trail > Lake lagunitas > Collier
trail >Mt. Tam Summit > Temelpa trail > Vic haun trail > Hookoo trail > Matt davis >
Pantoll ranger station
Estimated Finish:
6:30PM
Total Driving Distance:
110 miles from Palo Alto
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
A warm jacket
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Long weekend looming around the corner. For those of us not going out of town on a long trip, here is the next best option....
Mt.Tam is one of the hiker pilgrimage sites in the bay area. On a clear day, the views of the city to the south, the pacific to the west, Point Reyes to the north and the bay to the east are unmatched.
This is also a multi-capability hike. If you are only interested in a short day, you have a 6 Mile option. If you are in for the whole day and are ready for some cardio activity, the 16+ is the option. Both options are highly rewarding
This hike has fine views of the Pacific, an Inland lake, a possible
waterfall and a panoramic bay area view. Do not forget your cameras on this
hike.
Saturday weather looks great for views. The trails we will be taking are some
of the finest in Marin County. We will be walking by two lovely reservoirs
and climbing up one of the more remote trail in the Mt.Tam drainage.
Bring a good lunch and a warm
jacket. Please come prepared to complete the distance if you are going for the longer option.
Note* You MUST RSVP to participate in this hike.
See ya there!
"V"
978-996-9060
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Grans Pass, OR
Description:
Rogue River trail backpacking
Destination:
Siskiyou National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
40
Total Elevation Gain:
3700
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Grave Creek, OR -> Rogue River Trail->Foster Bar
Estimated Finish:
6PM on Mon
Total Driving Distance:
866
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
369.8
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This will actually be my first backpacking trip to our neighbor on the North - Oregon. Other than Igor's trips to the Crater Lake the club rarely goes there, for some reason. Well, we are about to find out. The main reason to go there can be found in the introduction to the "Backpacking Oregon: From Rugged Coastline to Mountain Meadow" book, if you are curious. The author very eloquently describes the reason for his love of Oregon.
In this short trip we will hike the wild section of the Rogue River. Generally people raft Rogue River. The wild river canyon provides continuously spectacular scenery, waterfalls, unusually abundant wildlife, and plenty of rapids. However, it is about as much head ache as rafting Grand Canyon. The route is very popular and thus expensive and requires permits. But, at the same time, no permits are needed for the trail along the river. Which is what this trip will explore.
Here is the plan:
- Leave Th May 24 late evening. Drive up to around Redding, CA. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Fr May 25. Drive to the beginning of the trip. Handle car shuttle and start hiking.
- Sa May 26. Hike ~15ml.
- Su May 27. Hike ~15ml.
- Mo May 28. Finish the hike. Get the cars. Find something to do/visit on the way back. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Tu May 29. Drive back.
A couple of notes:
* There is poison oak on the trail in abundance. If you are very susceptible to it, keep it in mind.
* There are also ticks there and snakes, even bears.
* There are actually three fully working lodges on the trail. Really. They are no accessible by road which makes them a bit unique. If the group would feel like it we can stop by there.
* On the way back we may visit Oregon Caves national monument. But I will also be open to other ideas. We probably will not be able to swing by the Crater Lake.
* Perhaps the largest expense on this trip will be the car shuttle. Allegedly cars are getting broken into around the trailhead. So as a result we will have reserve car service from one of the rafting outfitters.
* The gear list will be provided.
* Let me know if have backpacked with me before and what is your experience level. This isn't an extreme trip, but if it is your first time I need to know this.
* I will do a gear check before the trip.
Other than that it should be a fun trip.
katsnelson (@) gmail.com
-Ilya.
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Grans Pass, OR
Description:
Rogue River trail backpacking
Destination:
Siskiyou National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
40
Total Elevation Gain:
3700
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Grave Creek, OR -> Rogue River Trail->Foster Bar
Estimated Finish:
6PM on Mon
Total Driving Distance:
866
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
369.8
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This will actually be my first backpacking trip to our neighbor on the North - Oregon. Other than Igor's trips to the Crater Lake the club rarely goes there, for some reason. Well, we are about to find out. The main reason to go there can be found in the introduction to the "Backpacking Oregon: From Rugged Coastline to Mountain Meadow" book, if you are curious. The author very eloquently describes the reason for his love of Oregon.
In this short trip we will hike the wild section of the Rogue River. Generally people raft Rogue River. The wild river canyon provides continuously spectacular scenery, waterfalls, unusually abundant wildlife, and plenty of rapids. However, it is about as much head ache as rafting Grand Canyon. The route is very popular and thus expensive and requires permits. But, at the same time, no permits are needed for the trail along the river. Which is what this trip will explore.
Here is the plan:
- Leave Th May 24 late evening. Drive up to around Redding, CA. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Fr May 25. Drive to the beginning of the trip. Handle car shuttle and start hiking.
- Sa May 26. Hike ~15ml.
- Su May 27. Hike ~15ml.
- Mo May 28. Finish the hike. Get the cars. Find something to do/visit on the way back. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Tu May 29. Drive back.
A couple of notes:
* There is poison oak on the trail in abundance. If you are very susceptible to it, keep it in mind.
* There are also ticks there and snakes, even bears.
* There are actually three fully working lodges on the trail. Really. They are no accessible by road which makes them a bit unique. If the group would feel like it we can stop by there.
* On the way back we may visit Oregon Caves national monument. But I will also be open to other ideas. We probably will not be able to swing by the Crater Lake.
* Perhaps the largest expense on this trip will be the car shuttle. Allegedly cars are getting broken into around the trailhead. So as a result we will have reserve car service from one of the rafting outfitters.
* The gear list will be provided.
* Let me know if have backpacked with me before and what is your experience level. This isn't an extreme trip, but if it is your first time I need to know this.
* I will do a gear check before the trip.
Other than that it should be a fun trip.
katsnelson (@) gmail.com
-Ilya.
Time:
7:00pm
Location:
Grans Pass, OR
Description:
Rogue River trail backpacking
Destination:
Siskiyou National Forest
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
40
Total Elevation Gain:
3700
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Grave Creek, OR -> Rogue River Trail->Foster Bar
Estimated Finish:
6PM on Mon
Total Driving Distance:
866
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
369.8
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This will actually be my first backpacking trip to our neighbor on the North - Oregon. Other than Igor's trips to the Crater Lake the club rarely goes there, for some reason. Well, we are about to find out. The main reason to go there can be found in the introduction to the "Backpacking Oregon: From Rugged Coastline to Mountain Meadow" book, if you are curious. The author very eloquently describes the reason for his love of Oregon.
In this short trip we will hike the wild section of the Rogue River. Generally people raft Rogue River. The wild river canyon provides continuously spectacular scenery, waterfalls, unusually abundant wildlife, and plenty of rapids. However, it is about as much head ache as rafting Grand Canyon. The route is very popular and thus expensive and requires permits. But, at the same time, no permits are needed for the trail along the river. Which is what this trip will explore.
Here is the plan:
- Leave Th May 24 late evening. Drive up to around Redding, CA. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Fr May 25. Drive to the beginning of the trip. Handle car shuttle and start hiking.
- Sa May 26. Hike ~15ml.
- Su May 27. Hike ~15ml.
- Mo May 28. Finish the hike. Get the cars. Find something to do/visit on the way back. Camp and some forest service campground.
- Tu May 29. Drive back.
A couple of notes:
* There is poison oak on the trail in abundance. If you are very susceptible to it, keep it in mind.
* There are also ticks there and snakes, even bears.
* There are actually three fully working lodges on the trail. Really. They are no accessible by road which makes them a bit unique. If the group would feel like it we can stop by there.
* On the way back we may visit Oregon Caves national monument. But I will also be open to other ideas. We probably will not be able to swing by the Crater Lake.
* Perhaps the largest expense on this trip will be the car shuttle. Allegedly cars are getting broken into around the trailhead. So as a result we will have reserve car service from one of the rafting outfitters.
* The gear list will be provided.
* Let me know if have backpacked with me before and what is your experience level. This isn't an extreme trip, but if it is your first time I need to know this.
* I will do a gear check before the trip.
Other than that it should be a fun trip.
katsnelson (@) gmail.com
-Ilya.
Description:
Mountain Bike day trip around the SF Bay area
Destination:
Organizer:
Vadim dim
Meeting Time and Place:
Event Email:
vbishtei@hotmail.com
Activities Involved:
Biking
Activity Distance:
10~30 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1000+ ft
Difficulty:
mid to high strenuous
Route Summary:
Route TBD - pending replies and interest
Likely one of the preserves around South Bay but open for recommendations.
Some ideas:
Saratoga Gap, Alum Rock / Sierra Vista, Wilder Ranch, Sierra Azul
Estimated Finish:
6pm
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Helmets are mandatory.
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Mountain Biking is an interesting alternative to outdoor hiking, only faster and more exciting (particularly on the downhill..).
I have been riding by myself for a year around the bay, and would like to see if others are interested to join in and have a group ride.
If you are interested, shoot me an email with your experience level and description of your bike.
Once I collect some inputs I'll propose a more concrete route.
PS -
some local mountain bike trails to tickle you fancy:
http://bayarearides.com/index.shtml
Time:
4:30pm
Location:
Fremont
Description:
Mission Peak
Destination:
Mission peak Regional Preserve
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
4:30PM at the Mission peak Trailhead. 4:00PM self organized carpool at P&TS
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
jacket
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Simple local hike for you and your friends who want to try this activity out. There is pretty much one road going up to the peak. If you are unsure or afraid to be lost just follow the crowds or talk to me.
This hike will have wast expansive views, many some wildlife (turkeys mostly), and the bonus - partial Solar Eclipse! It peaks at 6:32PM and since there is plenty of space and open vistas we should have good views of it.
So come prepared with _proper_ viewing equipment and good attitude.
-Ilya.
(323)356 7293 (on the day of the hike.
katsnelson @ gmail.com
Location:
Olema, CA
Description:
An all capability Point Reyes Trek
Destination:
Organizer:
Suji & "V"
Meeting Time and Place:
7:30AM at Stanford PT&S (http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=San+Francisco,+CA&daddr=Bonair+Siding+Rd&hl=en&sll=37.428422,-122.159364&sspn=0.005487,0.009634&geocode=FVJmQAIdKAe0-CkhAGkAbZqFgDH_rXbwZxNQSg%3BFVYcOwId9wC4-A&vpsrc=0&mra=ls&t=m&z=11) or (http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Palo+Alto,+CA&daddr=Mesa+Rd&hl=en&sll=37.934924,-122.746811&sspn=0.020715,0.043902&geocode=FVtROwId1D64-Ck5HLqde7CPgDHPdvU1UvUfDg%3BFTzUQgIdSgmv-A&oq=Palo+&mra=ls&t=m&z=10)
Event Email:
vsittamp@yahoo.com
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
Variable: 5 Miles / 10 miles / 20+ Miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3500 ft
Difficulty:
Made to order hiking :-)
Route Summary:
Palomarin > Alamere falls > Arch rock > Bear valley visitor center > Olema > Bolinas ridge > Mcclure trail > Palomarin.
Estimated Finish:
6:00PM at the trailhead
Total Driving Distance:
150
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
A warm Jacket
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Well,
There is a gorgeous weekend on the horizon and what better place to enjoy it than Point Reyes NS. The bay area's signature nature preserve. This area is actually a National Seashore administered by the department of the Interior and so is Federal Territory. It has stunning vistas and is a must see in the Bay area. If you have not seen it yet, This is the weekend to do it. Please go to the following link for a teaser:
We have routed this hike so that you get a little of everything. You get slugs and bugs to pester you. You get Wildflowers and tall trees to ogle at. You get nettles and poison oak to give you a nice rash. You get fresh water, salt water, falling water to bathe in and finally you get cows and rich people on horseback who think they own the trail. Where else could you experience all this?
The hike itself caters to persons of all capability. You can walk 5 miles and go home to your chores. If you want to test your mettle a bit more, a 10 mile option is available. If you are the masochistic kind who believes that " you ain't havin' fun until you are bleedin red'", we have a 20+ mile option for you (of course beer and fried chicken awaits you).
Whatever your persuasion, please carpool with like minds.
Note* You must RSVP to participate.
See ya there
Suji and "V"
978-996-9060
Location:
Teague Hill, Woodside
Description:
Changes to Teague Hill hike
Destination:
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
Total Elevation Gain:
Difficulty:
Route Summary:
Estimated Finish:
Total Driving Distance:
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
uncertain
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Two changes to the Teague Hill hike - first, Woodside Rd. will be closed through Woodside so we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall behind the Pioneer Hotel. Second, we will start in Teague Hill but then wind our way over to Wunderlich Park. This will include one somewhat challenging creek crossing and some more minor ones. Also, there may still be one giant fallen Douglas Fir to climb over, around, or under - more adventure and a chance to be creative! We'll also do a loop in Wunderlich that will include an old reservior and recently renovated carriage house (horse stables). Hope to see you there on this different Teague Hill hike!
Location:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Description:
Day hike in Teague Hill OSP
Destination:
Teague Hill OSP, Woodside
Organizer:
Craig Keith
Meeting Time and Place:
10:30 AM at P&TS for self-carpool or 11 AM in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS! If you either need a ride from P&TS or willl be coming from the Stanford area and would be willing to stop by P&TS, I aprreciate your letting me know so I can possibly do some "matching".
Event Email:
clkeith9@sbcglobal.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
7-10 miles
Total Elevation Gain:
1800-3000 feet
Difficulty:
Streuous due to distance, elevation gain, primitive trails
Route Summary:
Not applicable as no trail names - you'll just have to trust me!
Estimated Finish:
5:30 PM
Total Driving Distance:
10 miles from P&TS
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Hat:
Headlamp Required:
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Full Description:
Continue the New Year right with great aerobic exercise to feed your body and beautiful near-wilderness nature scenery to feed your soul. Formerly, and still, an equestrian riding area, Teague Hill includes primitive trails, an absence of trail names or signs, but beautiful and mostly untouched (except by mother nature) forest and flora. Tall redwoods and madrones are plentiful. We’ll do a route I haven’t done in awhile – and definitely different than last month, and may again include some exiting and challenging cross-country. We will plan on doing 7-10 miles with 1800-3000 feet of cumulative elevation gain. This is NOT an easy hike, so please come only if you are in good shape and believe you can handle the primitive trails, the distance, and the elevation gain. An occasional snapshot is okay (I think it IS a beautiful place) but please don't see this as a picture taking event. Bring lunch, plenty of liquid and a sense of adventure - as with the fallen trees across the trails and occasional falling limbs while we’re hiking! Layered clothing is recommended (light for going up the hills, but warm for lunch and downhill) and footwear with good deep tread for the primitive and possibly muddy trails. Because Teague Hill is mostly shaded, hats and suncreen are at your discretion - I use neither in this park. Also, if you use hiking poles, this would be the place to use them (I have a pair I'm willing to loan out). Meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Elementary School NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS. From 280, take the Woodside Road exit, then Woodside Road going up hill to and through Woodside for 1.2 miles. The school will be on your left not too far after the firehouse. Turn into the parking lot right next to the tennis courts. If for any reason this parking lot is full and there is room to park on the streets, that should work. If the parking lot is inaccessible due to a parade, etc., we will meet in the parking lot of the Woodside Town Hall that is back 0.6 mile (0.6 mile from 280). Apparently there is no public transportation into Woodside, so I would like to offer a ride to anyone who can't or doesn't want to drive. I will be leaving from the vicinity of De Anza College at 10:20 AM or we could possibly negotiate another meeting point. Also, if anyone would like to meet me at my home in south San Jose at 7:00 AM do the De Anza Flea Market for a couple of hours before the hike, I'd be happy to have you ride with me, or you could meet me at De Anza College at 7:30 AM. Please call or email me to arrange any of these. There is usually some great hiking gear as well as other great stuff available at the flea market. There now seems to be one restroom open at the Woodside School, but definitely none in Teague Hill. I now have a cell phone in case your need to contact me the day of the hike - 408-833-0955, but would appreciate you calling my home phone otherwise. Once again, this will be co-listed with the Sierra Club (you may be asked to sign their liability wavier) and possibly other groups. Hike goes rain or shine! Event covers 7-10 miles miles, with 1800-3000 feet of elevation.
Meeting location: Parking lot , Woodside Elementary School, NEXT TO THE TENNIS COURTS (or Woodside Town Hall, see above)
Leader: Craig Keith, 408/2270196, cell 408-833-0955 (day of the hike only please), clkeith9@sbcglobal.net; Hike goes rain or shine - you're welcome to bring an umbrella or other creative rain gear.
Time:
All day event
Location:
Morgan Territory Regional Park
Description:
Morgan Territory Meets Los Vaqueros
Destination:
Morgan Territory Regional Park, North of Livermore, Contra Costa County, CA
Organizer:
Valerie Doyle
Meeting Time and Place:
Car Pool meet up Stanford P& S at 8 AM. Morgan Terror parking @ 9:15 AM
Event Email:
mtnval@pacbell.net
Activities Involved:
Hiking
Activity Distance:
18+ miles
Total Elevation Gain:
3,500+
Difficulty:
Strenuous
Route Summary:
Condor to Volvon, to Manzanita Gate, very seep descent to Adobe, along Los Vaqueros Reservoir, and long, long,long, long climb up Black Hills Trail. (Did I mention this is a big climb?) Lots of grass so anyone with allergies stay away or take Alegra.
Estimated Finish:
7 PM
Total Driving Distance:
90
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
3L
Other things to bring:
lots of snacks, a good lunch, electrolytes
Dogs:
not allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
This is a fabulous hiking paradise with great views of Mt Diablo from the East. We will hike in a Madrone forest, descend down to the shoreline of Los Vaqueros Reserevoir with green grass and oaks just in leaf, check out the wind mills (visually), then ascend the long and steep Blue Oak Trail. This is not a hike for those who have not been doing long and strenuous hikes for the past three months. This is a tough climb and every time I have organized it people bonk so SOC has never finished it! I want this third time to be a winner!
Self-organized meet-up at Stanford P&S, cross bridge of choice and take 580 East to Livermore, CA. Exit 580 at North Livermore Ave., turn left under the freeway, then about 4.2 miles (with a big curve to the left) take a sharp right turn onto Morgan Territory Rd. It becomes very, very narrow, almost a one lane road so drive carefully. After about 5 miles turn right into Morgan Territory Staging Area. This lot closes at 8 PM so we have to move our sweet hiking boots fairly quickly. Organizer lives in Berkeley and can pick up S F hikers coming on BART at Rockridge
BART. Water and bathrooms @ start. Must RSVP, please.
Time:
8:00am
Location:
Ventana Wilderness
Description:
Ventana Wilderness Pine Valley
Destination:
Ventana Wilderness
Organizer:
Ilya
Meeting Time and Place:
TBD depending on the participants
Event Email:
Activities Involved:
Backpacking
Activity Distance:
16
Total Elevation Gain:
3000+
Difficulty:
Moderate
Route Summary:
Pine Ridge Trail -> Carmel River Trail -> Bear Basin Trail -> Pine Ridge Trail
Estimated Finish:
Sunday evening
Total Driving Distance:
224
Total Shared Cost (Equally divided amongst all carpoolers including the driver, estimated):
67.2
Bring Lunch:
Y
Hiking Boots:
Y
Suncreen:
Y
Hat:
Y
Headlamp Required:
Y
Water:
2L
Other things to bring:
Gear list will be provided
Dogs:
allowed
RSVP required:
Y
Full Description:
Ventana Wilderness is our local gem, just a couple of hours from Silicon Valley. It has redwood growes, hot springs, poison oak, and lot of very remote trails to explore all this.
In this trip we'll visit just one small section of Ventana Wilderness East - pine valley, while the weather is still nice. This will be a semi to-and-fro trip. It is rather difficult to make a loop trip in Ventana that can fit into a two day weekend.
We'll start Saturday from China Camp and head to the Pine Valley. Camp in Pine Valley campground, and come back the next day. There is an option to head out on Friday evening. Depending on the group this option can be used.
This is a relatively simple backpacking trip. So if you always wanted to try this activity, come along (just let me know beforehand).
This is the directions to the trailhead:
http://maps.google.com/maps?saddr=Sunnyvale,+CA&daddr=36.297418,+-121.567554&hl=en&sll=36.308209,-121.520805&sspn=0.153548,0.304871&geocode=Ff4zOgIdgt-5-Ck7XdCpRbaPgDGiw3zdJvuNdg%3BFcraKQIdvgbB-A&oq=sunny&mra=ls&t=m&z=9
If you are interested, let me know your level of experience and if you have hiked/backpacked with me before.
